annotate src/macterm.c @ 66843:db8315ce9b14

*** empty log message ***

/* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Mac OS.
   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
                 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

This file is part of GNU Emacs.

GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.

GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */

/* Contributed by Andrew Choi ([e-mail]).  */

#include <config.h>
#include <signal.h>

#include <stdio.h>

#include "lisp.h"
#include "blockinput.h"

#include "macterm.h"

#ifndef MAC_OSX
#include <alloca.h>
#endif

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
/* USE_CARBON_EVENTS determines if the Carbon Event Manager is used to
   obtain events from the event queue.  If set to 0, WaitNextEvent is
   used instead.  */
#define USE_CARBON_EVENTS 1
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
#include <Quickdraw.h>
#include <ToolUtils.h>
#include <Sound.h>
#include <Events.h>
#include <Script.h>
#include <Resources.h>
#include <Fonts.h>
#include <TextUtils.h>
#include <LowMem.h>
#include <Controls.h>
#include <Windows.h>
#if defined (__MRC__) || (__MSL__ >= 0x6000)
#include <ControlDefinitions.h>
#endif

#if __profile__
#include <profiler.h>
#endif
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */

#include "systty.h"
#include "systime.h"

#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <setjmp.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/param.h>

#include "charset.h"
#include "coding.h"
#include "frame.h"
#include "dispextern.h"
#include "fontset.h"
#include "termhooks.h"
#include "termopts.h"
#include "termchar.h"
#include "gnu.h"
#include "disptab.h"
#include "buffer.h"
#include "window.h"
#include "keyboard.h"
#include "intervals.h"
#include "atimer.h"
#include "keymap.h"



/* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.  */

Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars;

/* If Non-nil, the text will be rendered using Core Graphics text rendering which may anti-alias the text.  */
Lisp_Object Vmac_use_core_graphics;


/* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
   start.  */

static int any_help_event_p;

/* Last window where we saw the mouse.  Used by mouse-autoselect-window.  */
static Lisp_Object last_window;

/* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
   use.  */

struct x_display_info *x_display_list;

/* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
   FONT-LIST-CACHE . RESOURCE-DATABASE), one for each element of
   x_display_list and in the same order.  NAME is the name of the
   frame.  FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by
   x-list-fonts.  RESOURCE-DATABASE preserves the X Resource Database
   equivalent, which is implemented with a Lisp object, for the
   display. */

Lisp_Object x_display_name_list;

/* This is display since Mac does not support multiple ones.  */
struct mac_display_info one_mac_display_info;

/* Frame being updated by update_frame.  This is declared in term.c.
   This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
   It is zero while not inside an update.  In that case, the XT
   functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to.  */

extern struct frame *updating_frame;

/* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket.  */

struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;

/* Mouse movement.

   Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
   so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
   event to ask for another such event.  However, this made mouse tracking
   slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.

   Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.

   In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
   of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
   the server for pointer motion hints.  This means that we get only
   one event per group of mouse movements.  "Groups" are delimited by
   other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
   example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
   get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves.  This
   is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
   tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
   is off.  */

/* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event.  */

static Rect last_mouse_glyph;
static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame;

/* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.

   If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
   XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
   an ordinary motion.

   If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
   this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
   event.  */

static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;

/* This is a hack.  We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
   return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
   doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
   along with the position query.  So, we just keep track of the time
   of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
   it's somewhat accurate.  */

static Time last_mouse_movement_time;

struct scroll_bar *tracked_scroll_bar = NULL;

/* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
   events.  */

#ifdef __STDC__
static int volatile input_signal_count;
#else
static int input_signal_count;
#endif

extern Lisp_Object Vsystem_name;

/* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char.  */

extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers;

/* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers.  */

static Lisp_Object Qalt, Qhyper, Qsuper, Qctrl,
  Qmeta, Qmodifier_value;

extern int inhibit_window_system;

#if __MRC__ && !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
QDGlobals qd;  /* QuickDraw global information structure.  */
#endif

#define mac_window_to_frame(wp) (((mac_output *) GetWRefCon (wp))->mFP)

struct mac_display_info *mac_display_info_for_display (Display *);
static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *));
int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *));
void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int));
void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *));
void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
void mac_initialize P_ ((void));
static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *));
static void mac_focus_changed P_ ((int, struct mac_display_info *,
				   struct frame *, struct input_event *));
static void x_detect_focus_change P_ ((struct mac_display_info *,
				       EventRecord *, struct input_event *));
static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *));
static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int,
				   enum text_cursor_kinds));

static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int, GC));
static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f));
static void x_update_begin P_ ((struct frame *));
static void x_update_window_begin P_ ((struct window *));
static void x_after_update_window_line P_ ((struct glyph_row *));
static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion P_ ((struct frame **, Lisp_Object *,
					    enum scroll_bar_part *,
					    Lisp_Object *, Lisp_Object *,
					    unsigned long *));

static int is_emacs_window P_ ((WindowPtr));

static void XSetFont P_ ((Display *, GC, XFontStruct *));

/* Defined in macmenu.h.  */
extern void menubar_selection_callback (FRAME_PTR, int);

#define GC_FORE_COLOR(gc)	(&(gc)->fore_color)
#define GC_BACK_COLOR(gc)	(&(gc)->back_color)
#define GC_FONT(gc)		((gc)->xgcv.font)
#define GC_CLIP_REGION(gc)	((gc)->clip_region)
#define FRAME_NORMAL_GC(f)	((f)->output_data.mac->normal_gc)

static RgnHandle saved_port_clip_region = NULL;

static void
mac_begin_clip (region)
     RgnHandle region;
{
  static RgnHandle new_region = NULL;

  if (saved_port_clip_region == NULL)
    saved_port_clip_region = NewRgn ();
  if (new_region == NULL)
    new_region = NewRgn ();

  if (region)
    {
      GetClip (saved_port_clip_region);
      SectRgn (saved_port_clip_region, region, new_region);
      SetClip (new_region);
    }
}

static void
mac_end_clip (region)
     RgnHandle region;
{
  if (region)
    SetClip (saved_port_clip_region);
}


/* X display function emulation */

void
XFreePixmap (display, pixmap)
     Display *display;		/* not used */
     Pixmap pixmap;
{
  DisposeGWorld (pixmap);
}


/* Mac version of XDrawLine.  */

static void
mac_draw_line (f, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x1, y1, x2, y2;
{
  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  RGBForeColor (GC_FORE_COLOR (gc));

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  MoveTo (x1, y1);
  LineTo (x2, y2);
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
}

void
mac_draw_line_to_pixmap (display, p, gc, x1, y1, x2, y2)
     Display *display;
     Pixmap p;
     GC gc;
     int x1, y1, x2, y2;
{
  CGrafPtr old_port;
  GDHandle old_gdh;

  GetGWorld (&old_port, &old_gdh);
  SetGWorld (p, NULL);

  RGBForeColor (GC_FORE_COLOR (gc));

  LockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (p));
  MoveTo (x1, y1);
  LineTo (x2, y2);
  UnlockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (p));

  SetGWorld (old_port, old_gdh);
}


static void
mac_erase_rectangle (f, gc, x, y, width, height)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     unsigned int width, height;
{
  Rect r;

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (gc));
  SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height);

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  EraseRect (&r);
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));

  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f)));
}


/* Mac version of XClearArea.  */

void
mac_clear_area (f, x, y, width, height)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y;
     unsigned int width, height;
{
  mac_erase_rectangle (f, FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f), x, y, width, height);
}

/* Mac version of XClearWindow.  */

static void
mac_clear_window (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f)));

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  {
    Rect r;

    GetWindowPortBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r);
    EraseRect (&r);
  }
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  EraseRect (&(FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portRect));
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
}


/* Mac replacement for XCopyArea.  */

static void
mac_draw_bitmap (f, gc, x, y, width, height, bits, overlay_p)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y, width, height;
     unsigned short *bits;
     int overlay_p;
{
  BitMap bitmap;
  Rect r;

  bitmap.rowBytes = sizeof(unsigned short);
  bitmap.baseAddr = (char *)bits;
  SetRect (&(bitmap.bounds), 0, 0, width, height);

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  RGBForeColor (GC_FORE_COLOR (gc));
  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (gc));
  SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height);

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  {
    CGrafPtr port;

    GetPort (&port);
    LockPortBits (port);
    CopyBits (&bitmap, GetPortBitMapForCopyBits (port),
	      &(bitmap.bounds), &r, overlay_p ? srcOr : srcCopy, 0);
    UnlockPortBits (port);
  }
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  CopyBits (&bitmap, &(FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portBits), &(bitmap.bounds), &r,
	    overlay_p ? srcOr : srcCopy, 0);
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));

  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f)));
}


/* Mac replacement for XCreateBitmapFromBitmapData.  */

static void
mac_create_bitmap_from_bitmap_data (bitmap, bits, w, h)
     BitMap *bitmap;
     char *bits;
     int w, h;
{
  static unsigned char swap_nibble[16]
    = { 0x0, 0x8, 0x4, 0xc,    /* 0000 1000 0100 1100 */
	0x2, 0xa, 0x6, 0xe,    /* 0010 1010 0110 1110 */
	0x1, 0x9, 0x5, 0xd,    /* 0001 1001 0101 1101 */
	0x3, 0xb, 0x7, 0xf };  /* 0011 1011 0111 1111 */
  int i, j, w1;
  char *p;

  w1 = (w + 7) / 8;         /* nb of 8bits elt in X bitmap */
  bitmap->rowBytes = ((w + 15) / 16) * 2; /* nb of 16bits elt in Mac bitmap */
  bitmap->baseAddr = xmalloc (bitmap->rowBytes * h);
  bzero (bitmap->baseAddr, bitmap->rowBytes * h);
  for (i = 0; i < h; i++)
    {
      p = bitmap->baseAddr + i * bitmap->rowBytes;
      for (j = 0; j < w1; j++)
	{
	  /* Bitswap XBM bytes to match how Mac does things.  */
	  unsigned char c = *bits++;
	  *p++ = (unsigned char)((swap_nibble[c & 0xf] << 4)
				 | (swap_nibble[(c>>4) & 0xf]));;
	}
    }

  SetRect (&(bitmap->bounds), 0, 0, w, h);
}


static void
mac_free_bitmap (bitmap)
     BitMap *bitmap;
{
  xfree (bitmap->baseAddr);
}


Pixmap
XCreatePixmap (display, w, width, height, depth)
     Display *display;		/* not used */
     WindowPtr w;
     unsigned int width, height;
     unsigned int depth;
{
  Pixmap pixmap;
  Rect r;
  QDErr err;

  SetPortWindowPort (w);

  SetRect (&r, 0, 0, width, height);
  err = NewGWorld (&pixmap, depth, &r, NULL, NULL, 0);
  if (err != noErr)
    return NULL;
  return pixmap;
}


Pixmap
XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display, w, data, width, height, fg, bg, depth)
     Display *display;		/* not used */
     WindowPtr w;
     char *data;
     unsigned int width, height;
     unsigned long fg, bg;
     unsigned int depth;
{
  Pixmap pixmap;
  BitMap bitmap;
  CGrafPtr old_port;
  GDHandle old_gdh;
  static GC gc = NULL;		/* not reentrant */

  if (gc == NULL)
    gc = XCreateGC (display, w, 0, NULL);

  pixmap = XCreatePixmap (display, w, width, height, depth);
  if (pixmap == NULL)
    return NULL;

  GetGWorld (&old_port, &old_gdh);
  SetGWorld (pixmap, NULL);
  mac_create_bitmap_from_bitmap_data (&bitmap, data, width, height);
  XSetForeground (display, gc, fg);
  XSetBackground (display, gc, bg);
  RGBForeColor (GC_FORE_COLOR (gc));
  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (gc));
  LockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (pixmap));
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  CopyBits (&bitmap, GetPortBitMapForCopyBits (pixmap),
	    &bitmap.bounds, &bitmap.bounds, srcCopy, 0);
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  CopyBits (&bitmap, &(((GrafPtr)pixmap)->portBits),
	    &bitmap.bounds, &bitmap.bounds, srcCopy, 0);
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  UnlockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (pixmap));
  SetGWorld (old_port, old_gdh);
  mac_free_bitmap (&bitmap);

  return pixmap;
}


/* Mac replacement for XFillRectangle.  */

static void
mac_fill_rectangle (f, gc, x, y, width, height)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     unsigned int width, height;
{
  Rect r;

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  RGBForeColor (GC_FORE_COLOR (gc));
  SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height);

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  PaintRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
}


/* Mac replacement for XDrawRectangle: dest is a window.  */

static void
mac_draw_rectangle (f, gc, x, y, width, height)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     unsigned int width, height;
{
  Rect r;

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  RGBForeColor (GC_FORE_COLOR (gc));
  SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width + 1, y + height + 1);

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  FrameRect (&r); /* using foreground color of gc */
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
}


#if USE_ATSUI
static OSStatus
atsu_get_text_layout_with_text_ptr (text, text_length, style, text_layout)
     ConstUniCharArrayPtr text;
     UniCharCount text_length;
     ATSUStyle style;
     ATSUTextLayout *text_layout;
{
  OSStatus err;
  static ATSUTextLayout saved_text_layout = NULL; /* not reentrant */

  if (saved_text_layout == NULL)
    {
      UniCharCount lengths[] = {kATSUToTextEnd};
      ATSUAttributeTag tags[] = {kATSULineLayoutOptionsTag};
      ByteCount sizes[] = {sizeof (ATSLineLayoutOptions)};
      static ATSLineLayoutOptions line_layout =
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1020
	kATSLineDisableAllLayoutOperations  | kATSLineUseDeviceMetrics
#else
	kATSLineIsDisplayOnly | kATSLineFractDisable
#endif
	;
      ATSUAttributeValuePtr values[] = {&line_layout};

      err = ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr (text,
					     kATSUFromTextBeginning,
					     kATSUToTextEnd,
					     text_length,
					     1, lengths, &style,
					     &saved_text_layout);
      if (err == noErr)
	err = ATSUSetLayoutControls (saved_text_layout,
				     sizeof (tags) / sizeof (tags[0]),
				     tags, sizes, values);
      /* XXX: Should we do this? */
      if (err == noErr)
	err = ATSUSetTransientFontMatching (saved_text_layout, true);
    }
  else
    {
      err = ATSUSetRunStyle (saved_text_layout, style,
			     kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd);
      if (err == noErr)
	err = ATSUSetTextPointerLocation (saved_text_layout, text,
					  kATSUFromTextBeginning,
					  kATSUToTextEnd,
					  text_length);
    }

  if (err == noErr)
    *text_layout = saved_text_layout;
  return err;
}
#endif


static void
mac_invert_rectangle (f, x, y, width, height)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y;
     unsigned int width, height;
{
  Rect r;

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  SetRect (&r, x, y, x + width, y + height);

  InvertRect (&r);
}


static void
mac_draw_string_common (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, mode, bytes_per_char)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     char *buf;
     int nchars, mode, bytes_per_char;
{
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1020
  UInt32 textFlags, savedFlags;
  if (!NILP(Vmac_use_core_graphics)) {
    textFlags = kQDUseCGTextRendering;
    savedFlags = SwapQDTextFlags(textFlags);
  }
#endif

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  RGBForeColor (GC_FORE_COLOR (gc));
  if (mode != srcOr)
    RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (gc));

#if USE_ATSUI
  if (GC_FONT (gc)->mac_style)
    {
      OSErr err;
      ATSUTextLayout text_layout;

      xassert (bytes_per_char == 2);

#ifndef WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
      {
	int i;
	UniChar *text = (UniChar *)buf;

	for (i = 0; i < nchars; i++)
	  text[i] = EndianU16_BtoN (text[i]);
      }
#endif
      err = atsu_get_text_layout_with_text_ptr ((ConstUniCharArrayPtr)buf,
						nchars,
						GC_FONT (gc)->mac_style,
						&text_layout);
      if (err == noErr)
	{
#ifdef MAC_OSX
	  if (NILP (Vmac_use_core_graphics))
	    {
#endif
	      mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
	      MoveTo (x, y);
	      ATSUDrawText (text_layout,
			    kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
			    kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
	      mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
#ifdef MAC_OSX
	    }
	  else
	    {
	      CGrafPtr port;
	      CGContextRef context;
	      float port_height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
	      ATSUAttributeTag tags[] = {kATSUCGContextTag};
	      ByteCount sizes[] = {sizeof (CGContextRef)};
	      ATSUAttributeValuePtr values[] = {&context};

	      GetPort (&port);
	      QDBeginCGContext (port, &context);
	      if (gc->n_clip_rects)
		{
		  CGContextTranslateCTM (context, 0, port_height);
		  CGContextScaleCTM (context, 1, -1);
		  CGContextClipToRects (context, gc->clip_rects,
					gc->n_clip_rects);
		  CGContextScaleCTM (context, 1, -1);
		  CGContextTranslateCTM (context, 0, -port_height);
		}
	      CGContextSetRGBFillColor
		(context,
		 RED_FROM_ULONG (gc->xgcv.foreground) / 255.0,
		 GREEN_FROM_ULONG (gc->xgcv.foreground) / 255.0,
		 BLUE_FROM_ULONG (gc->xgcv.foreground) / 255.0,
		 1.0);
	      err = ATSUSetLayoutControls (text_layout,
					   sizeof (tags) / sizeof (tags[0]),
					   tags, sizes, values);
	      if (err == noErr)
		ATSUDrawText (text_layout,
			      kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
			      Long2Fix (x), Long2Fix (port_height - y));
	      CGContextSynchronize (context);
	      QDEndCGContext (port, &context);
#if 0
	      /* This doesn't work on Mac OS X 10.1.  */
	      ATSUClearLayoutControls (text_layout,
				       sizeof (tags) / sizeof (tags[0]),
				       tags);
#else
	      ATSUSetLayoutControls (text_layout,
				     sizeof (tags) / sizeof (tags[0]),
				     tags, sizes, values);
#endif
	    }
#endif
	}
    }
  else
    {
#endif
  TextFont (GC_FONT (gc)->mac_fontnum);
  TextSize (GC_FONT (gc)->mac_fontsize);
  TextFace (GC_FONT (gc)->mac_fontface);
  TextMode (mode);

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  MoveTo (x, y);
  DrawText (buf, 0, nchars * bytes_per_char);
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
#if USE_ATSUI
    }
#endif

  if (mode != srcOr)
    RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f)));
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1020
  if (!NILP(Vmac_use_core_graphics))
    SwapQDTextFlags(savedFlags);
#endif
}


/* Mac replacement for XDrawString.  */

static void
mac_draw_string (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     char *buf;
     int nchars;
{
  mac_draw_string_common (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, srcOr, 1);
}


/* Mac replacement for XDrawString16. */

static void
mac_draw_string_16 (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     XChar2b *buf;
     int nchars;
{
  mac_draw_string_common (f, gc, x, y, (char *) buf, nchars, srcOr, 2);
}


/* Mac replacement for XDrawImageString.  */

static void
mac_draw_image_string (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     char *buf;
     int nchars;
{
  mac_draw_string_common (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars, srcCopy, 1);
}


/* Mac replacement for XDrawString16.  */

static void
mac_draw_image_string_16 (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     XChar2b *buf;
     int nchars;
{
  mac_draw_string_common (f, gc, x, y, (char *) buf, nchars, srcCopy, 2);
}


#if USE_CG_TEXT_DRAWING
static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *));

static int
mac_draw_string_cg (f, gc, x, y, buf, nchars)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int x, y;
     XChar2b *buf;
     int nchars;
{
  CGrafPtr port;
  float port_height, gx, gy;
  int i;
  CGContextRef context;
  CGGlyph *glyphs;
  CGSize *advances;

  if (NILP (Vmac_use_core_graphics) || GC_FONT (gc)->cg_font == NULL)
    return 0;

  port = GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
  port_height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
  gx = x;
  gy = port_height - y;
  glyphs = (CGGlyph *)buf;
  advances = xmalloc (sizeof (CGSize) * nchars);
  for (i = 0; i < nchars; i++)
    {
      advances[i].width = x_per_char_metric (GC_FONT (gc), buf)->width;
      advances[i].height = 0;
      glyphs[i] = GC_FONT (gc)->cg_glyphs[buf->byte2];
      buf++;
    }

  QDBeginCGContext (port, &context);
  if (gc->n_clip_rects)
    {
      CGContextTranslateCTM (context, 0, port_height);
      CGContextScaleCTM (context, 1, -1);
      CGContextClipToRects (context, gc->clip_rects, gc->n_clip_rects);
      CGContextScaleCTM (context, 1, -1);
      CGContextTranslateCTM (context, 0, -port_height);
    }
  CGContextSetRGBFillColor (context,
			    RED_FROM_ULONG (gc->xgcv.foreground) / 255.0,
			    GREEN_FROM_ULONG (gc->xgcv.foreground) / 255.0,
			    BLUE_FROM_ULONG (gc->xgcv.foreground) / 255.0,
			    1.0);
  CGContextSetFont (context, GC_FONT (gc)->cg_font);
  CGContextSetFontSize (context, GC_FONT (gc)->mac_fontsize);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1030
  CGContextSetTextPosition (context, gx, gy);
  CGContextShowGlyphsWithAdvances (context, glyphs, advances, nchars);
#else
  for (i = 0; i < nchars; i++)
    {
      CGContextShowGlyphsAtPoint (context, gx, gy, glyphs + i, 1);
      gx += advances[i].width;
    }
#endif
  CGContextSynchronize (context);
  QDEndCGContext (port, &context);

  xfree (advances);

  return 1;
}
#endif


/* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: dest must be window.  */

static void
mac_copy_area (src, f, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y)
     Pixmap src;
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int src_x, src_y;
     unsigned int width, height;
     int dest_x, dest_y;
{
  Rect src_r, dest_r;

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height);
  SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height);

  ForeColor (blackColor);
  BackColor (whiteColor);

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  LockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (src));
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  {
    CGrafPtr port;

    GetPort (&port);
    LockPortBits (port);
    CopyBits (GetPortBitMapForCopyBits (src),
	      GetPortBitMapForCopyBits (port),
	      &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
    UnlockPortBits (port);
  }
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  CopyBits (&(((GrafPtr)src)->portBits), &(FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portBits),
	    &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  UnlockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (src));
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));

  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f)));
}


static void
mac_copy_area_with_mask (src, mask, f, gc, src_x, src_y,
			 width, height, dest_x, dest_y)
     Pixmap src, mask;
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int src_x, src_y;
     unsigned int width, height;
     int dest_x, dest_y;
{
  Rect src_r, dest_r;

  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height);
  SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height);

  ForeColor (blackColor);
  BackColor (whiteColor);

  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  LockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (src));
  LockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (mask));
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  {
    CGrafPtr port;

    GetPort (&port);
    LockPortBits (port);
    CopyMask (GetPortBitMapForCopyBits (src), GetPortBitMapForCopyBits (mask),
	      GetPortBitMapForCopyBits (port),
	      &src_r, &src_r, &dest_r);
    UnlockPortBits (port);
  }
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  CopyMask (&(((GrafPtr)src)->portBits), &(((GrafPtr)mask)->portBits),
	    &(FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)->portBits), &src_r, &src_r, &dest_r);
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  UnlockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (mask));
  UnlockPixels (GetGWorldPixMap (src));
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));

  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f)));
}


/* Mac replacement for XCopyArea: used only for scrolling.  */

static void
mac_scroll_area (f, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y)
     struct frame *f;
     GC gc;
     int src_x, src_y;
     unsigned int width, height;
     int dest_x, dest_y;
{
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  Rect src_r;
  RgnHandle dummy = NewRgn ();	/* For avoiding update events.  */

  SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height);
  ScrollWindowRect (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
		    &src_r, dest_x - src_x, dest_y - src_y,
		    kScrollWindowNoOptions, dummy);
  DisposeRgn (dummy);
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  Rect src_r, dest_r;
  WindowPtr w = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);

  SetPort (w);

  SetRect (&src_r, src_x, src_y, src_x + width, src_y + height);
  SetRect (&dest_r, dest_x, dest_y, dest_x + width, dest_y + height);

  /* In Color QuickDraw, set ForeColor and BackColor as follows to avoid
     color mapping in CopyBits.  Otherwise, it will be slow.  */
  ForeColor (blackColor);
  BackColor (whiteColor);
  mac_begin_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));
  CopyBits (&(w->portBits), &(w->portBits), &src_r, &dest_r, srcCopy, 0);
  mac_end_clip (GC_CLIP_REGION (gc));

  RGBBackColor (GC_BACK_COLOR (FRAME_NORMAL_GC (f)));
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
}


/* Mac replacement for XChangeGC.  */

static void
XChangeGC (display, gc, mask, xgcv)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
     unsigned long mask;
     XGCValues *xgcv;
{
  if (mask & GCForeground)
    XSetForeground (display, gc, xgcv->foreground);
  if (mask & GCBackground)
    XSetBackground (display, gc, xgcv->background);
  if (mask & GCFont)
    XSetFont (display, gc, xgcv->font);
}


/* Mac replacement for XCreateGC.  */

GC
XCreateGC (display, window, mask, xgcv)
     Display *display;
     Window window;
     unsigned long mask;
     XGCValues *xgcv;
{
  GC gc = xmalloc (sizeof (*gc));

  if (gc)
    {
      bzero (gc, sizeof (*gc));
      XChangeGC (display, gc, mask, xgcv);
    }

  return gc;
}


/* Used in xfaces.c.  */

void
XFreeGC (display, gc)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
{
  if (gc->clip_region)
    DisposeRgn (gc->clip_region);
  xfree (gc);
}


/* Mac replacement for XGetGCValues.  */

static void
XGetGCValues (display, gc, mask, xgcv)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
     unsigned long mask;
     XGCValues *xgcv;
{
  if (mask & GCForeground)
    xgcv->foreground = gc->xgcv.foreground;
  if (mask & GCBackground)
    xgcv->background = gc->xgcv.background;
  if (mask & GCFont)
    xgcv->font = gc->xgcv.font;
}


/* Mac replacement for XSetForeground.  */

void
XSetForeground (display, gc, color)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
     unsigned long color;
{
  if (gc->xgcv.foreground != color)
    {
      gc->xgcv.foreground = color;
      gc->fore_color.red = RED16_FROM_ULONG (color);
      gc->fore_color.green = GREEN16_FROM_ULONG (color);
      gc->fore_color.blue = BLUE16_FROM_ULONG (color);
    }
}


/* Mac replacement for XSetBackground.  */

void
XSetBackground (display, gc, color)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
     unsigned long color;
{
  if (gc->xgcv.background != color)
    {
      gc->xgcv.background = color;
      gc->back_color.red = RED16_FROM_ULONG (color);
      gc->back_color.green = GREEN16_FROM_ULONG (color);
      gc->back_color.blue = BLUE16_FROM_ULONG (color);
    }
}


/* Mac replacement for XSetFont.  */

static void
XSetFont (display, gc, font)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
     XFontStruct *font;
{
  gc->xgcv.font = font;
}


/* Mac replacement for XSetClipRectangles.  */

static void
mac_set_clip_rectangles (display, gc, rectangles, n)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
     Rect *rectangles;
     int n;
{
  int i;

  if (n < 0 || n > MAX_CLIP_RECTS)
    abort ();
  if (n == 0)
    {
      if (gc->clip_region)
	{
	  DisposeRgn (gc->clip_region);
	  gc->clip_region = NULL;
	}
    }
  else
    {
      if (gc->clip_region == NULL)
	gc->clip_region = NewRgn ();
      RectRgn (gc->clip_region, rectangles);
      if (n > 1)
	{
	  RgnHandle region = NewRgn ();

	  for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
	    {
	      RectRgn (region, rectangles + i);
	      UnionRgn (gc->clip_region, region, gc->clip_region);
	    }
	  DisposeRgn (region);
	}
    }
#if defined (MAC_OSX) && USE_ATSUI
  gc->n_clip_rects = n;

  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
    {
      Rect *rect = rectangles + i;

      gc->clip_rects[i] = CGRectMake (rect->left, rect->top,
				      rect->right - rect->left,
				      rect->bottom - rect->top);
    }
#endif
}


/* Mac replacement for XSetClipMask.  */

static INLINE void
mac_reset_clip_rectangles (display, gc)
     Display *display;
     GC gc;
{
  mac_set_clip_rectangles (display, gc, NULL, 0);
}


/* Mac replacement for XSetWindowBackground.  */

void
XSetWindowBackground (display, w, color)
     Display *display;
     WindowPtr w;
     unsigned long color;
{
#if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  AuxWinHandle aw_handle;
  CTabHandle ctab_handle;
  ColorSpecPtr ct_table;
  short ct_size;
#endif
  RGBColor bg_color;

  bg_color.red = RED16_FROM_ULONG (color);
  bg_color.green = GREEN16_FROM_ULONG (color);
  bg_color.blue = BLUE16_FROM_ULONG (color);

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  SetWindowContentColor (w, &bg_color);
#else
  if (GetAuxWin (w, &aw_handle))
    {
      ctab_handle = (*aw_handle)->awCTable;
      HandToHand ((Handle *) &ctab_handle);
      ct_table = (*ctab_handle)->ctTable;
      ct_size = (*ctab_handle)->ctSize;
      while (ct_size > -1)
	{
	  if (ct_table->value == 0)
	    {
	      ct_table->rgb = bg_color;
	      CTabChanged (ctab_handle);
	      SetWinColor (w, (WCTabHandle) ctab_handle);
	    }
	  ct_size--;
	}
    }
#endif
}

/* x_sync is a no-op on Mac.  */
void
x_sync (f)
     void *f;
{
}


/* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null.  */

static void
x_flush (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  if (f)
    QDFlushPortBuffer (GetWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f)), NULL);
  else
    QDFlushPortBuffer (GetQDGlobalsThePort (), NULL);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#endif
}


/* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
   Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
   is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
   XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
   XTread_socket calls XPending.  Removing XFlush improves
   performance.  */

#define XFlush(DISPLAY)	(void) 0


/* Return the struct mac_display_info corresponding to DPY.  There's
   only one.  */

struct mac_display_info *
mac_display_info_for_display (dpy)
     Display *dpy;
{
  return &one_mac_display_info;
}



/***********************************************************************
		    Starting and ending an update
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Start an update of frame F.  This function is installed as a hook
   for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
   This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
   each window being updated.  */

static void
x_update_begin (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  /* During update of a frame, availability of input events is
     periodically checked with ReceiveNextEvent if
     redisplay-dont-pause is nil.  That normally flushes window buffer
     changes for every check, and thus screen update looks waving even
     if no input is available.  So we disable screen updates during
     update of a frame.  */
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  DisableScreenUpdates ();
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#endif
}


/* Start update of window W.  Set the global variable updated_window
   to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
   position of W.  */

static void
x_update_window_begin (w)
     struct window *w;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  struct mac_display_info *display_info = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

  updated_window = w;
  set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
    {
      /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update.  */
      display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;

      /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
	 highlighting.  */
      if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
	display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;

#if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
	 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
	 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
	 flag set.  So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
	 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
	 here to prevent it from being scrolled.  */

      /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
	 where the mouse highlight is?  If so, no need to turn off.
	 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
	 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
	 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway.  */
      if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
	  && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
	{
	  int i;

	  for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
	    if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
	      break;

	  if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
	    clear_mouse_face (display_info);
	}
#endif /* 0 */
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1)  */

static void
mac_draw_vertical_window_border (w, x, y0, y1)
     struct window *w;
     int x, y0, y1;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  struct face *face;

  face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID);
  if (face)
    XSetForeground (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->normal_gc,
		    face->foreground);

  mac_draw_line (f, f->output_data.mac->normal_gc, x, y0, x, y1);
}

/* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).

   Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
   display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.

   MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
   glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten.  In that case we have to
   make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.

   W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
   support.  Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
   here.  */

static void
x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
     struct window *w;
     int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));

  if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;

      if (cursor_on_p)
	display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
				output_cursor.vpos,
				output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);

      if (draw_window_fringes (w, 1))
	x_draw_vertical_border (w);

      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }

  /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
     XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight.  */
  if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
    {
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
    }

  updated_window = NULL;
}


/* End update of frame F.  This function is installed as a hook in
   update_end.  */

static void
x_update_end (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again.  */
  FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;

  BLOCK_INPUT;
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  EnableScreenUpdates ();
#endif
  XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
   complete update has been performed.  The global variable
   updated_window is not available here.  */

static void
XTframe_up_to_date (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
    {
      struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

      if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
	  || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
	{
	  BLOCK_INPUT;
	  if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
	    note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
				  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
				  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
	  dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
	  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
	}
    }
}


/* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
   arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
   before DESIRED_ROW is made current.  The window being updated is
   found in updated_window.  This function is called from
   update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
   between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW.  */

static void
x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
     struct glyph_row *desired_row;
{
  struct window *w = updated_window;
  struct frame *f;
  int width, height;

  xassert (w);

  if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
    desired_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1;

  /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
     full-width rows stays visible in the internal border.  Could
     check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
     but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
     are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
     overhead is very small.  */
  if (windows_or_buffers_changed
      && desired_row->full_width_p
      && (f = XFRAME (w->frame),
	  width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
	  width != 0)
      && (height = desired_row->visible_height,
	  height > 0))
    {
      int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));

      /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar.  */
      if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
	  && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))
	y -= width;

      BLOCK_INPUT;
      mac_clear_area (f, 0, y, width, height);
      mac_clear_area (f, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - width, y, width, height);
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}


/* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
   window W.  ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
   determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
   drawn.  */

static void
x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, p)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params *p;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  Display *display = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f);
  struct face *face = p->face;
  int rowY;

  /* Must clip because of partially visible lines.  */
  rowY = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
  if (p->y < rowY)
    {
      /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
	 visible last row.  */
      int oldY = row->y;
      int oldVH = row->visible_height;
      row->visible_height = p->h;
      row->y -= rowY - p->y;
      x_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, face->gc);
      row->y = oldY;
      row->visible_height = oldVH;
    }
  else
    x_clip_to_row (w, row, -1, face->gc);

  if (p->bx >= 0 && !p->overlay_p)
    {
#if 0  /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
      /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
	 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
	 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
	 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background.  */
      if (face->stipple)
	XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
      else
	XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->background);
#endif

      mac_erase_rectangle (f, face->gc, p->bx, p->by, p->nx, p->ny);

#if 0  /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
      if (!face->stipple)
	XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), face->gc, face->foreground);
#endif
    }

  if (p->which)
    {
      unsigned short *bits = p->bits + p->dh;
      XGCValues gcv;

      XGetGCValues (display, face->gc, GCForeground, &gcv);
      XSetForeground (display, face->gc,
		      (p->cursor_p
		       ? (p->overlay_p ? face->background
			  : f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel)
		       : face->foreground));
      mac_draw_bitmap (f, face->gc, p->x, p->y,
		       p->wd, p->h, bits, p->overlay_p);
      XSetForeground (display, face->gc, gcv.foreground);
    }

  mac_reset_clip_rectangles (display, face->gc);
}



/* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
   suspend.  When starting Emacs, no window is mapped.  And nothing
   must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
   rarely happens).  */

static void
XTset_terminal_modes ()
{
}

/* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs.  Exiting will make
   the windows go away, and suspending requires no action.  */

static void
XTreset_terminal_modes ()
{
}



/***********************************************************************
			   Display Iterator
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Function prototypes of this page.  */

static XCharStruct *x_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *, XChar2b *));
static int mac_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *, int *));


/* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT.  Value is null if CHAR2B
   is not contained in the font.  */

static INLINE XCharStruct *
x_per_char_metric (font, char2b)
     XFontStruct *font;
     XChar2b *char2b;
{
  /* The result metric information.  */
  XCharStruct *pcm = NULL;

  xassert (font && char2b);

#if USE_ATSUI
  if (font->mac_style)
    {
      if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1
	  && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1
	  && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	  && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
	{
	  pcm = (font->per_char
		 + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)
		    * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1))
		 + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2));
	}

      if (pcm && !pcm->valid_p)
	{
	  OSErr err;
	  ATSUTextLayout text_layout;
	  UniChar c;
	  int char_width;
	  ATSTrapezoid glyph_bounds;
	  Rect char_bounds;

	  c = (char2b->byte1 << 8) + char2b->byte2;
	  BLOCK_INPUT;
	  err = atsu_get_text_layout_with_text_ptr (&c, 1,
						    font->mac_style,
						    &text_layout);
	  if (err == noErr)
	    err = ATSUMeasureTextImage (text_layout,
					kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
					0, 0, &char_bounds);

	  if (err == noErr)
	    err = ATSUGetGlyphBounds (text_layout, 0, 0,
				      kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1020
				      kATSUseFractionalOrigins,
#else
				      kATSUseDeviceOrigins,
#endif
				      1, &glyph_bounds, NULL);
	  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
	  if (err != noErr)
	    pcm = NULL;
	  else
	    {
	      xassert (glyph_bounds.lowerRight.x - glyph_bounds.lowerLeft.x
		       == glyph_bounds.upperRight.x - glyph_bounds.upperLeft.x);

	      char_width = Fix2Long (glyph_bounds.upperRight.x
				     - glyph_bounds.upperLeft.x);
	      STORE_XCHARSTRUCT (*pcm, char_width, char_bounds);
	    }
	}
    }
  else
    {
#endif
  if (font->per_char != NULL)
    {
      if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0)
	{
	  /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
	     corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
	     max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character.  A
	     character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
	     A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
	     greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font.  */
	  if (char2b->byte1 == 0
	      && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	      && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
	    pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2;
	}
      else
	{
	  /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
	     min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
	     256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
	     to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:

	     byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
	     byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2

	     where:

	     D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
	     / = integer division
	     \ = integer modulus  */
	  if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1
	      && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1
	      && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	      && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
	    {
	      pcm = (font->per_char
		     + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)
			* (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1))
		     + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2));
	    }
	}
    }
  else
    {
      /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
	 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
	 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds.  */
      if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2
	  && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2)
	pcm = &font->max_bounds;
    }
#if USE_ATSUI
    }
#endif

  return ((pcm == NULL
	   || (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0))
	  ? NULL : pcm);
}

/* RIF:
 */

static XCharStruct *
mac_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
     XFontStruct *font;
     XChar2b *char2b;
     int font_type;
{
  return x_per_char_metric (font, char2b);
}

/* RIF:
   Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO.  CHAR2B is
   the two-byte form of C.  Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B.  */

static int
mac_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
     int c;
     XChar2b *char2b;
     struct font_info *font_info;
     int *two_byte_p;
{
  int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
  XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;

  /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
     This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
     fixed encoding.  */
  if (font_info->font_encoder)
    {
      /* It's a program.  */
      struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;

      check_ccl_update (ccl);
      if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
	{
	  ccl->reg[0] = charset;
	  ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2;
	  ccl->reg[2] = -1;
	}
      else
	{
	  ccl->reg[0] = charset;
	  ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1;
	  ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2;
	}

      ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);

      /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
	 program.  */
      if (font->max_byte1 == 0)	/* 1-byte font */
	char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1];
      else
	char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2];
    }
  else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
    {
      /* Fixed encoding scheme.  See fontset.h for the meaning of the
	 encoding numbers.  */
      int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];

      if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
	  && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
	char2b->byte1 |= 0x80;

      if (enc == 1 || enc == 3)
	char2b->byte2 |= 0x80;

      if (enc == 4)
        {
          int sjis1, sjis2;

          ENCODE_SJIS (char2b->byte1, char2b->byte2, sjis1, sjis2);
          char2b->byte1 = sjis1;
          char2b->byte2 = sjis2;
        }
    }

  if (two_byte_p)
    *two_byte_p = ((XFontStruct *) (font_info->font))->max_byte1 > 0;

  return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
}



/***********************************************************************
			    Glyph display
 ***********************************************************************/



static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
						int));
static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_glyph_string  P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void mac_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
/*static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap,
  unsigned long *, double, int));*/
static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
				      double, int, unsigned long));
static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap));
static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
					   int, int, int));
static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
				    int, int, int, int, int, int,
				    Rect *));
static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
				 int, int, int, Rect *));

#if GLYPH_DEBUG
static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
#endif


/* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
   face.  */

static void
x_set_cursor_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
      && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
      && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
      && !s->cmp)
    s->gc = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_gc;
  else
    {
      /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge.  */
      XGCValues xgcv;
      unsigned long mask;

      xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel;
      xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;

      /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground.  */
      if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
	xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
      if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
	xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.mac->cursor_foreground_pixel;
      if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
	xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;

      /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face.  */
      if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
	  && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
	{
	  xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
	  xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
	}

      IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
      xgcv.font = s->font;
      mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;

      if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
	XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
		   mask, &xgcv);
      else
	FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
	  = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);

      s->gc = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
    }
}


/* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face.  */

static void
x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int face_id;
  struct face *face;

  /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face?  */
  face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
  face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
  if (face == NULL)
    face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID);

  if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
    face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
  else
    face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0);
  s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);

  /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it.  */
  if (s->font == s->face->font)
    s->gc = s->face->gc;
  else
    {
      /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
	 but font FONT.  */
      XGCValues xgcv;
      unsigned long mask;

      xgcv.background = s->face->background;
      xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
      IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
      xgcv.font = s->font;
      mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;

      if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
	XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
		   mask, &xgcv);
      else
	FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
	  = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv);

      s->gc = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
    }

  xassert (s->gc != 0);
}


/* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
   Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
   matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here.  */

static INLINE void
x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  s->gc = s->face->gc;
}


/* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string.  Set
   S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
   pattern.  */

static INLINE void
x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);

  if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
    {
      s->gc = s->face->gc;
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
    {
      x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
    {
      x_set_cursor_gc (s);
      s->stippled_p = 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
    {
      x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
	   || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
    {
      s->gc = s->face->gc;
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }
  else
    {
      s->gc = s->face->gc;
      s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
    }

  /* GC must have been set.  */
  xassert (s->gc != 0);
}


/* Set clipping for output of glyph string S.  S may be part of a mode
   line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support.  */

static INLINE void
x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  Rect rects[MAX_CLIP_RECTS];
  int n;

  n = get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s, rects, MAX_CLIP_RECTS);
  mac_set_clip_rectangles (s->display, s->gc, rects, n);
}


/* RIF:
   Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S.  If S is a glyph
   string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist.  */

static void
mac_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  if (s->cmp == NULL
      && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
    {
      Rect r;
      MacFontStruct *font = s->font;

#if USE_ATSUI
      if (font->mac_style)
	{
	  OSErr err;
	  ATSUTextLayout text_layout;
	  UniChar *buf;
	  int i;

	  SetRect (&r, 0, 0, 0, 0);
	  buf = xmalloc (sizeof (UniChar) * s->nchars);
	  if (buf)
	    {
	      for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++)
		buf[i] = (s->char2b[i].byte1 << 8) + s->char2b[i].byte2;

	      err = atsu_get_text_layout_with_text_ptr (buf, s->nchars,
							font->mac_style,
							&text_layout);
	      if (err == noErr)
		err = ATSUMeasureTextImage (text_layout,
					    kATSUFromTextBeginning,
					    kATSUToTextEnd,
					    0, 0, &r);
	      xfree (buf);
	    }
	}
      else
	{
#endif
      TextFont (font->mac_fontnum);
      TextSize (font->mac_fontsize);
      TextFace (font->mac_fontface);

      if (s->two_byte_p)
	QDTextBounds (s->nchars * 2, (char *)s->char2b, &r);
      else
	{
	  int i;
	  char *buf = xmalloc (s->nchars);

	  if (buf == NULL)
	    SetRect (&r, 0, 0, 0, 0);
	  else
	    {
	      for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
		buf[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2;
	      QDTextBounds (s->nchars, buf, &r);
	      xfree (buf);
	    }
	}
#if USE_ATSUI
        }
#endif

      s->right_overhang = r.right > s->width ? r.right - s->width : 0;
      s->left_overhang = r.left < 0 ? -r.left : 0;
    }
}


/* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S.  */

static INLINE void
x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int x, y, w, h;
{
  mac_erase_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
}


/* We prefer not to use XDrawImageString (srcCopy text transfer mode)
   on Mac OS X because:
   - Screen is double-buffered.  (In srcCopy mode, a text is drawn
     into an offscreen graphics world first.  So performance gain
     cannot be expected.)
   - It lowers rendering quality.
   - Some fonts leave garbage on cursor movement.  */

/* Draw the background of glyph_string S.  If S->background_filled_p
   is non-zero don't draw it.  FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
   background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally.  This is used
   when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
   contains the first component of a composition.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int force_p;
{
  /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
     shouldn't be drawn in the first place.  */
  if (!s->background_filled_p)
    {
      int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
      if (s->stippled_p)
	{
	  /* Fill background with a stipple pattern.  */
	  XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
	  XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
			  s->y + box_line_width,
			  s->background_width,
			  s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
	  XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
	  s->background_filled_p = 1;
	}
      else
#endif
#if defined (MAC_OS8) && !USE_ATSUI
        if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width
	       || s->font_not_found_p
	       || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
	       || force_p)
#endif
	{
	  x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width,
				     s->background_width,
				     s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
	  s->background_filled_p = 1;
	}
    }
}


/* Draw the foreground of glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int i, x;

  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
     of S to the right of that box line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
    x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
  else
    x = s->x;

  /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
     loaded.  */
  if (s->font_not_found_p)
    {
      for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
	{
	  struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
	  mac_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, x, s->y,
			      g->pixel_width - 1, s->height - 1);
	  x += g->pixel_width;
	}
    }
  else
    {
      char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
      int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;

      if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
	boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;

      /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b.  */
      if (!s->two_byte_p
#if USE_ATSUI
	  && GC_FONT (s->gc)->mac_style == NULL
#endif
	  )
	for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
	  char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2;

#if defined (MAC_OS8) && !USE_ATSUI
      /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
	 filled.  Otherwise, use XDrawImageString.  (Note that
	 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.)  Always
	 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
	 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible.  */
      if (s->for_overlaps
	  || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
#endif
	{
	  /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions.  */
	  if (s->two_byte_p
#if USE_ATSUI
	      || GC_FONT (s->gc)->mac_style
#endif
	      )
#if USE_CG_TEXT_DRAWING
	    if (!s->two_byte_p
		&& mac_draw_string_cg (s->f, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff,
				       s->char2b, s->nchars))
	      ;
	    else
#endif
	    mac_draw_string_16 (s->f, s->gc, x,	s->ybase - boff,
				s->char2b, s->nchars);
	  else
	    mac_draw_string (s->f, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff,
			     char1b, s->nchars);
	}
#if defined (MAC_OS8) && !USE_ATSUI
      else
	{
	  if (s->two_byte_p)
	    mac_draw_image_string_16 (s->f, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff,
				      s->char2b, s->nchars);
	  else
	    mac_draw_image_string (s->f, s->gc, x, s->ybase - boff,
				   char1b, s->nchars);
	}
#endif
    }
}

/* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int i, x;

  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
     of S to the right of that box line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
    x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
  else
    x = s->x;

  /* S is a glyph string for a composition.  S->gidx is the index of
     the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
     S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
     this composition.  */

  /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
     first character of the composition could not be loaded.  */
  if (s->font_not_found_p)
    {
      if (s->gidx == 0)
	mac_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, x, s->y,
			    s->width - 1, s->height - 1);
    }
  else
    {
      for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
	mac_draw_string_16 (s->f, s->gc,
			    x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
			    s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
			    s->char2b + i, 1);
    }
}


#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT

static struct frame *x_frame_of_widget P_ ((Widget));


/* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
   cannot be determined.  */

static struct frame *
x_frame_of_widget (widget)
     Widget widget;
{
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
  Lisp_Object tail;
  struct frame *f;

  dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget));

  /* Find the top-level shell of the widget.  Note that this function
     can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
     (widget) == 0.  That's the reason we can't simply use
     x_any_window_to_frame.  */
  while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget))
    widget = XtParent (widget);

  /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget.  Allocate the color
     on that frame to get the right gamma correction value.  */
  for (tail = Vframe_list; GC_CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
    if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail))
	&& (f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail)),
	    (f->output_data.nothing != 1
	     && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo))
	&& f->output_data.x->widget == widget)
      return f;

  abort ();
}


/* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
   widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP.  If an exact match cannot be
   allocated, try the nearest color available.  Value is non-zero
   if successful.  This is called from lwlib.  */

int
x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget, cmap, color)
     Widget widget;
     Colormap cmap;
     XColor *color;
{
  struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget);
  return x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color);
}


#endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO */

/* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on SCREEN of DISPLAY, colormap
   CMAP.  If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color
   available.  Value is non-zero if successful.  Set *COLOR to the
   color allocated.  */

int
x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color)
     struct frame *f;
     Colormap cmap;
     XColor *color;
{
  Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f);
  Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (f);
  int rc;

  gamma_correct (f, color);
  rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
  if (rc == 0)
    {
      /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
	 to try to get the next closest color.  The algorithm used is
	 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
	 color matching with StaticColor visuals.  */
      int nearest, i;
      unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0;
      int ncells = XDisplayCells (display, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen));
      XColor *cells = (XColor *) alloca (ncells * sizeof *cells);

      for (i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
	cells[i].pixel = i;
      XQueryColors (display, cmap, cells, ncells);

      for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i)
	{
	  long dred   = (color->red   >> 8) - (cells[i].red   >> 8);
	  long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8);
	  long dblue  = (color->blue  >> 8) - (cells[i].blue  >> 8);
	  unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue;

	  if (delta < nearest_delta)
	    {
	      nearest = i;
	      nearest_delta = delta;
	    }
	}

      color->red   = cells[nearest].red;
      color->green = cells[nearest].green;
      color->blue  = cells[nearest].blue;
      rc = XAllocColor (display, cmap, color);
    }

#ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
  if (rc)
    register_color (color->pixel);
#endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */

  return rc;
}


/* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F.  PIXEL must already be allocated.
   It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
   get color reference counts right.  */

unsigned long
x_copy_color (f, pixel)
     struct frame *f;
     unsigned long pixel;
{
  XColor color;

  color.pixel = pixel;
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  XQueryColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color);
  XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
  register_color (pixel);
#endif
  return color.pixel;
}


/* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY.  PIXEL must already be allocated.
   It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
   get color reference counts right.  */

unsigned long
x_copy_dpy_color (dpy, cmap, pixel)
     Display *dpy;
     Colormap cmap;
     unsigned long pixel;
{
  XColor color;

  color.pixel = pixel;
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  XQueryColor (dpy, cmap, &color);
  XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, &color);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
  register_color (pixel);
#endif
  return color.pixel;
}

#endif /* MAC_TODO */


/* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
   boosted.

   Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
   brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
   doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
   brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
   use an additional additive factor.

   The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
   (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all.  */
#define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187


/* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
   or DELTA.  Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
   If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
   values have DELTA added.  Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
   DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
   Value is non-zero if successful.  */

static int
mac_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
     struct frame *f;
     unsigned long *color;
     double factor;
     int delta;
{
  unsigned long new;
  long bright;

  /* On Mac, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
  delta /= 256;

  /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR.  Avoid overflow!  */
  xassert (factor >= 0);
  new = RGB_TO_ULONG (min (0xff, (int) (factor * RED_FROM_ULONG (*color))),
                    min (0xff, (int) (factor * GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color))),
                    min (0xff, (int) (factor * BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color))));

  /* Calculate brightness of COLOR.  */
  bright = (2 * RED_FROM_ULONG (*color) + 3 * GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color)
            + BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color)) / 6;

  /* We only boost colors that are darker than
     HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT.  */
  if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
    /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
       that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough.  */
    {
      /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker).  */
      double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
      /* The additive adjustment.  */
      int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;

      if (factor < 1)
        new = RGB_TO_ULONG (max (0, min (0xff, (int) (RED_FROM_ULONG (*color)) - min_delta)),
			    max (0, min (0xff, (int) (GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color)) - min_delta)),
			    max (0, min (0xff, (int) (BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color)) - min_delta)));
      else
        new = RGB_TO_ULONG (max (0, min (0xff, (int) (min_delta + RED_FROM_ULONG (*color)))),
			    max (0, min (0xff, (int) (min_delta + GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color)))),
			    max (0, min (0xff, (int) (min_delta + BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color)))));
    }

  if (new == *color)
    new = RGB_TO_ULONG (max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + RED_FROM_ULONG (*color)))),
                      max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + GREEN_FROM_ULONG (*color)))),
                      max (0, min (0xff, (int) (delta + BLUE_FROM_ULONG (*color)))));

  /* MAC_TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
  /* MAC_TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */

  if (new == *color)
    return 0;

  *color = new;

  return 1;
}


/* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
   string S.  RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
   with which lines will be drawn.  Use a color that is FACTOR or
   DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
   in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background.  If such a color cannot
   be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead.  */

static void
x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
     struct frame *f;
     struct relief *relief;
     double factor;
     int delta;
     unsigned long default_pixel;
{
  XGCValues xgcv;
  struct mac_output *di = f->output_data.mac;
  unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
  unsigned long pixel;
  unsigned long background = di->relief_background;
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

  /* MAC_TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */

  /* Allocate new color.  */
  xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
  pixel = background;
  if (dpyinfo->n_planes != 1
      && mac_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
    {
      relief->allocated_p = 1;
      xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
    }

  if (relief->gc == 0)
    {
#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
      xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
      mask |= GCStipple;
#endif
      relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
    }
  else
    XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
}


/* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S.  */

static void
x_setup_relief_colors (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  struct mac_output *di = s->f->output_data.mac;
  unsigned long color;

  if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
    color = s->face->box_color;
  else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH
	   && s->img->pixmap
	   && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0))
    color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0);
  else
    {
      XGCValues xgcv;

      /* Get the background color of the face.  */
      XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv);
      color = xgcv.background;
    }

  if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
      || color != di->relief_background)
    {
      di->relief_background = color;
      x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
			    WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
      x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
			    BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
    }
}


/* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
   TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y.  WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
   to draw, it must be >= 0.  RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
   relief.  LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
   the rectangle.  RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
   side of the rectangle.  CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
   when drawing.  */

static void
x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
		    raised_p, top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
     struct frame *f;
     int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width;
     int top_p, bot_p, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
     Rect *clip_rect;
{
  Display *dpy = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f);
  int i;
  GC gc;

  if (raised_p)
    gc = f->output_data.mac->white_relief.gc;
  else
    gc = f->output_data.mac->black_relief.gc;
  mac_set_clip_rectangles (dpy, gc, clip_rect, 1);

  /* Top.  */
  if (top_p)
    for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
      mac_draw_line (f, gc,
		     left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
		     right_x - i * right_p, top_y + i);

  /* Left.  */
  if (left_p)
    for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
      mac_draw_line (f, gc,
		     left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i);

  mac_reset_clip_rectangles (dpy, gc);
  if (raised_p)
    gc = f->output_data.mac->black_relief.gc;
  else
    gc = f->output_data.mac->white_relief.gc;
  mac_set_clip_rectangles (dpy, gc, clip_rect, 1);

  /* Bottom.  */
  if (bot_p)
    for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
      mac_draw_line (f, gc,
		     left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
		     right_x - i * right_p, bottom_y - i);

  /* Right.  */
  if (right_p)
    for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
      mac_draw_line (f, gc,
		     right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i - 1);

  mac_reset_clip_rectangles (dpy, gc);
}


/* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
   RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y.  WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
   draw, it must be >= 0.  LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
   left side of the rectangle.  RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
   on the right side of the rectangle.  CLIP_RECT is the clipping
   rectangle to use when drawing.  */

static void
x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
		 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
     Rect *clip_rect;
{
  XGCValues xgcv;

  XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->box_color);
  mac_set_clip_rectangles (s->display, s->gc, clip_rect, 1);

  /* Top.  */
  mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, left_x, top_y,
		      right_x - left_x + 1, width);

  /* Left.  */
  if (left_p)
    mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, left_x, top_y,
			width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);

  /* Bottom.  */
  mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, left_x, bottom_y - width + 1,
		      right_x - left_x + 1, width);

  /* Right.  */
  if (right_p)
    mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, right_x - width + 1,
			top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);

  XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
  mac_reset_clip_rectangles (s->display, s->gc);
}


/* Draw a box around glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
  int left_p, right_p;
  struct glyph *last_glyph;
  Rect clip_rect;

  last_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
	    ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s->w)
	    : window_box_right (s->w, s->area));

  /* The glyph that may have a right box line.  */
  last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
		? s->first_glyph
		: s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);

  width = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
  raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
  left_x = s->x;
  right_x = (s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
	     ? last_x - 1
	     : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1);
  top_y = s->y;
  bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;

  left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
	    || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
		&& (s->prev == NULL
		    || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
  right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
	     || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
		 && (s->next == NULL
		     || s->next->hl != s->hl)));

  get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);

  if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
    x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
		     left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
  else
    {
      x_setup_relief_colors (s);
      x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
			  width, raised_p, 1, 1, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
    }
}


/* Draw foreground of image glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_image_foreground (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int x = s->x;
  int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice);

  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
     right of that line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
      && s->slice.x == 0)
    x += abs (s->face->box_line_width);

  /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
     by that margin.  */
  if (s->slice.x == 0)
    x += s->img->hmargin;
  if (s->slice.y == 0)
    y += s->img->vmargin;

  if (s->img->pixmap)
    {
      x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);

      if (s->img->mask)
	mac_copy_area_with_mask (s->img->pixmap, s->img->mask,
				 s->f, s->gc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y,
				 s->slice.width, s->slice.height, x, y);
      else
	{
	  mac_copy_area (s->img->pixmap,
			 s->f, s->gc, s->slice.x, s->slice.y,
			 s->slice.width, s->slice.height, x, y);

	  /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
	     least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
	     be visible.  If the image doesn't have a mask, make
	     a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
	     the image.  I believe it's looking better if we do
	     nothing here for mouse-face.  */
	  if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
	    {
	      int r = s->img->relief;
	      if (r < 0) r = -r;
	      mac_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, x - r, y - r,
				  s->slice.width + r*2 - 1,
				  s->slice.height + r*2 - 1);
	    }
	}
    }
  else
    /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded.  */
    mac_draw_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, x, y,
			s->slice.width - 1, s->slice.height - 1);
}


/* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_image_relief (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
  Rect r;
  int x = s->x;
  int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face, &s->slice);

  /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
     right of that line.  */
  if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
      && s->slice.x == 0)
    x += abs (s->face->box_line_width);

  /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
     by that margin.  */
  if (s->slice.x == 0)
    x += s->img->hmargin;
  if (s->slice.y == 0)
    y += s->img->vmargin;

  if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
      || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
    {
      thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
      raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
    }
  else
    {
      thick = abs (s->img->relief);
      raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
    }

  x0 = x - thick;
  y0 = y - thick;
  x1 = x + s->slice.width + thick - 1;
  y1 = y + s->slice.height + thick - 1;

  x_setup_relief_colors (s);
  get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
  x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p,
		      s->slice.y == 0,
		      s->slice.y + s->slice.height == s->img->height,
		      s->slice.x == 0,
		      s->slice.x + s->slice.width == s->img->width,
		      &r);
}


/* Draw part of the background of glyph string S.  X, Y, W, and H
   give the rectangle to draw.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
     struct glyph_string *s;
     int x, y, w, h;
{
#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
  if (s->stippled_p)
    {
      /* Fill background with a stipple pattern.  */
      XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
      XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
      XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
    }
  else
#endif /* MAC_TODO */
    x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
}


/* Draw image glyph string S.

            s->y
   s->x      +-------------------------
	     |   s->face->box
	     |
	     |     +-------------------------
	     |     |  s->img->margin
	     |     |
	     |     |       +-------------------
	     |     |       |  the image

 */

static void
x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int x, y;
  int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
  int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
  int height;
  Pixmap pixmap = 0;

  height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth;


  /* Fill background with face under the image.  Do it only if row is
     taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
     flickering.  */
  s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
  if (height > s->slice.height
      || s->img->hmargin
      || s->img->vmargin
      || s->img->mask
      || s->img->pixmap == 0
      || s->width != s->background_width)
    {
      x = s->x;
      if (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
	  && s->slice.x == 0)
	x += box_line_hwidth;

      y = s->y;
      if (s->slice.y == 0)
	y += box_line_vwidth;

      x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);

      s->background_filled_p = 1;
    }

  /* Draw the foreground.  */
  x_draw_image_foreground (s);

  /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it.  */
  if (s->img->relief
      || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
      || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
    x_draw_image_relief (s);
}


/* Draw stretch glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
  s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;

  if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
      && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
    {
      /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
	 as wide as the stretch glyph.  */
      int width = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s->f), s->background_width);

      /* Draw cursor.  */
      x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);

      /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face.  */
      if (width < s->background_width)
	{
	  int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
	  int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
	  Rect r;
	  GC gc;

	  if (s->row->mouse_face_p
	      && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w))
	    {
	      x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
	      gc = s->gc;
	    }
	  else
	    gc = s->face->gc;

	  get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
	  mac_set_clip_rectangles (s->display, gc, &r, 1);

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: stipple */
	  if (s->face->stipple)
	    {
	      /* Fill background with a stipple pattern.  */
	      XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
	      XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
	      XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
	    }
	  else
#endif /* MAC_TODO */
	    mac_erase_rectangle (s->f, gc, x, y, w, h);
	}
    }
  else if (!s->background_filled_p)
    x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
				 s->height);

  s->background_filled_p = 1;
}


/* Draw glyph string S.  */

static void
x_draw_glyph_string (s)
     struct glyph_string *s;
{
  int relief_drawn_p = 0;

  /* If S draws into the background of its successor that does not
     draw a cursor, draw the background of the successor first so that
     S can draw into it.  This makes S->next use XDrawString instead
     of XDrawImageString.  */
  if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps
      && s->next->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)
    {
      xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
      x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
      x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
      x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
    }

  /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S.  */
  x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);

  /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
     glyph string can be drawn over it.  */
  if (!s->for_overlaps
      && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
      && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
	  || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH))

    {
      x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
      x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
      x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
      x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
      relief_drawn_p = 1;
    }
  else
    x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);

  switch (s->first_glyph->type)
    {
    case IMAGE_GLYPH:
      x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
      break;

    case STRETCH_GLYPH:
      x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
      break;

    case CHAR_GLYPH:
      if (s->for_overlaps)
	s->background_filled_p = 1;
      else
	x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
      x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
      break;

    case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
      if (s->for_overlaps || s->gidx > 0)
	s->background_filled_p = 1;
      else
	x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
      x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
      break;

    default:
      abort ();
    }

  if (!s->for_overlaps)
    {
      /* Draw underline.  */
      if (s->face->underline_p)
	{
          unsigned long h = 1;
          unsigned long dy = s->height - h;

	  if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
	    mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
				s->width, h);
	  else
	    {
	      XGCValues xgcv;
	      XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color);
	      mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
				  s->width, h);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
	    }
	}

      /* Draw overline.  */
      if (s->face->overline_p)
	{
	  unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;

	  if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
	    mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
				s->width, h);
	  else
	    {
	      XGCValues xgcv;
	      XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color);
	      mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
				  s->width, h);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
	    }
	}

      /* Draw strike-through.  */
      if (s->face->strike_through_p)
	{
	  unsigned long h = 1;
	  unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;

	  if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
	    mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
				s->width, h);
	  else
	    {
	      XGCValues xgcv;
	      XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color);
	      mac_fill_rectangle (s->f, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy,
				  s->width, h);
	      XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
	    }
	}

      /* Draw relief if not yet drawn.  */
      if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
	x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
    }

  /* Reset clipping.  */
  mac_reset_clip_rectangles (s->display, s->gc);
}

/* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs.   */

void
mac_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f, x, y, width, height, shift_by)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y, width, height, shift_by;
{
  mac_scroll_area (f, f->output_data.mac->normal_gc,
		   x, y, width, height,
		   x + shift_by, y);
}

/* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position.  Not implemented
   for X frames.  */

static void
x_delete_glyphs (n)
     register int n;
{
  abort ();
}


/* Clear entire frame.  If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
   frame.  Otherwise clear the selected frame.  */

static void
x_clear_frame ()
{
  struct frame *f;

  if (updating_frame)
    f = updating_frame;
  else
    f = SELECTED_FRAME ();

  /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
     longer visible.  */
  mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
  output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
  output_cursor.x = -1;

  /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
     follow an explicit cursor_to.  */
  BLOCK_INPUT;
  mac_clear_window (f);

  /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too.  If we have changed
     colors or something like that, then they should be notified.  */
  x_scroll_bar_clear (f);

  XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}



/* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec.  */

/* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
   sure it's available.  If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells.  */

#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)


/* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
   *RESULT.  Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0.  */

static int
timeval_subtract (result, x, y)
     struct timeval *result, x, y;
{
  /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y.  This
     is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned.  */
  if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec)
    {
      int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1;
      y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec;
      y.tv_sec += nsec;
    }

  if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000)
    {
      int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000;
      y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec;
      y.tv_sec -= nsec;
    }

  /* Compute the time remaining to wait.  tv_usec is certainly
     positive.  */
  result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec;
  result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec;

  /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
     negative.  */
  return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec;
}

void
XTflash (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget.  */
  int height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, FRAME_LINES (f));
  /* Height of each line to flash.  */
  int flash_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
  /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles.  */
  int flash_left = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
  int flash_right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);

  int width;

  /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
     edge it is next to.  */
  switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f))
    {
    case vertical_scroll_bar_left:
      flash_left += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
      break;

    case vertical_scroll_bar_right:
      flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM;
      break;

    default:
      break;
    }

  width = flash_right - flash_left;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line.  */
  if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
    {
      mac_invert_rectangle (f, flash_left,
			    (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
			     + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)),
			    width, flash_height);
      mac_invert_rectangle (f, flash_left,
			    (height - flash_height
			     - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),
			    width, flash_height);
    }
  else
    /* If it is short, flash it all.  */
    mac_invert_rectangle (f, flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			  width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));

  x_flush (f);

  {
    struct timeval wakeup;

    EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup);

    /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs.  */
    wakeup.tv_usec += 150000;
    wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000);
    wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000;

    /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
       available.  */
    while (! detect_input_pending ())
      {
	struct timeval current;
	struct timeval timeout;

	EMACS_GET_TIME (current);

	/* Break if result would be negative.  */
	if (timeval_subtract (&current, wakeup, current))
	  break;

	/* How long `select' should wait.  */
	timeout.tv_sec = 0;
	timeout.tv_usec = 10000;

	/* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner.  */
	select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout);
      }
  }

  /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line.  */
  if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f))
    {
      mac_invert_rectangle (f, flash_left,
			    (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)
			     + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)),
			    width, flash_height);
      mac_invert_rectangle (f, flash_left,
			    (height - flash_height
			     - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)),
			    width, flash_height);
    }
  else
    /* If it is short, flash it all.  */
    mac_invert_rectangle (f, flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
			  width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));

  x_flush (f);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

#endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */


/* Make audible bell.  */

void
XTring_bell ()
{
  struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();

#if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
  if (visible_bell)
    XTflash (f);
  else
#endif
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      SysBeep (1);
      XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}


/* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
   should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
   This, and those operations, are used only within an update
   that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end.  */

static void
XTset_terminal_window (n)
     register int n;
{
  /* This function intentionally left blank.  */
}



/***********************************************************************
			      Line Dance
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
   lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS.  */

static void
x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
     int vpos, n;
{
  abort ();
}


/* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN.  */

static void
x_scroll_run (w, run)
     struct window *w;
     struct run *run;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;

  /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
     without mode lines.  Include in this box the left and right
     fringe of W.  */
  window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);

  from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
  to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
  bottom_y = y + height;

  if (to_y < from_y)
    {
      /* Scrolling up.  Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
	 line at the bottom.  */
      if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
	height = bottom_y - from_y;
      else
	height = run->height;
    }
  else
    {
      /* Scolling down.  Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
	 at the bottom.  */
      if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
	height = bottom_y - to_y;
      else
	height = run->height;
    }

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  /* Cursor off.  Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end.  */
  updated_window = w;
  x_clear_cursor (w);

  mac_scroll_area (f, f->output_data.mac->normal_gc,
		   x, from_y,
		   width, height,
		   x, to_y);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}



/***********************************************************************
			   Exposure Events
 ***********************************************************************/


static void
frame_highlight (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  OSErr err;
  ControlRef root_control;

  BLOCK_INPUT;
  err = GetRootControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &root_control);
  if (err == noErr)
    ActivateControl (root_control);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  x_update_cursor (f, 1);
}

static void
frame_unhighlight (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  OSErr err;
  ControlRef root_control;

  BLOCK_INPUT;
  err = GetRootControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &root_control);
  if (err == noErr)
    DeactivateControl (root_control);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  x_update_cursor (f, 1);
}

/* The focus has changed.  Update the frames as necessary to reflect
   the new situation.  Note that we can't change the selected frame
   here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
   Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
   Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events.  */

static void
x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     struct frame *frame;
{
  struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;

  if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    {
      /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
	 the correct value of x_focus_frame.  */
      dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame;

      if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
	x_lower_frame (old_focus);

#if 0
      selected_frame = frame;
      XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame,
		 selected_frame);
      Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window, Qnil);
      choose_minibuf_frame ();
#endif /* ! 0 */

      if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise)
	pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
      else
	pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
    }

  x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
}

/* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
   If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
   a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP.  */

static void
mac_focus_changed (type, dpyinfo, frame, bufp)
     int type;
     struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo;
     struct frame *frame;
     struct input_event *bufp;
{
  if (type == activeFlag)
    {
      if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame != frame)
        {
          x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame);
          dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = frame;

          /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
             for a switch-frame event we don't need.  */
          if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame)
              && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list)
              && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
            {
              bufp->kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT;
              XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, frame);
            }
        }
    }
  else
    {
      if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame == frame)
        {
          dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
          x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
        }
    }
}

/* The focus may have changed.  Figure out if it is a real focus change,
   by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.

   Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */

static void
x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, event, bufp)
     struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo;
     EventRecord *event;
     struct input_event *bufp;
{
  struct frame *frame;

  frame = mac_window_to_frame ((WindowPtr) event->message);
  if (! frame)
    return;

  /* On Mac, this is only called from focus events, so no switch needed.  */
  mac_focus_changed ((event->modifiers & activeFlag),
		     dpyinfo, frame, bufp);
}


/* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame.  */

void
x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
{
  x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame);
}

/* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
   another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
   mini-buffer frame).  Shift the highlight as appropriate.

   The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
   frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
   the appropriate X display info.  */

static void
XTframe_rehighlight (frame)
     struct frame *frame;
{
  x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
}

static void
x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
{
  struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame;

  if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    {
      dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame
	= ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)))
	   ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))
	   : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame);
      if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame))
	{
	  FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil;
	  dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
	}
    }
  else
    dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;

  if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
    {
      if (old_highlight)
	frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
      if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
	frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
    }
}



/* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc.  */

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO */
/* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning.  */
static void
x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
{
  int min_code, max_code;
  KeySym *syms;
  int syms_per_code;
  XModifierKeymap *mods;

  dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0;
  dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0;
  dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
  dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0;
  dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0;

#ifdef HAVE_X11R4
  XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code);
#else
  min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode;
  max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode;
#endif

  syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display,
			      min_code, max_code - min_code + 1,
			      &syms_per_code);
  mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display);

  /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
     Alt keysyms are on.  */
  {
    int row, col;	/* The row and column in the modifier table.  */

    for (row = 3; row < 8; row++)
      for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++)
	{
	  KeyCode code
	    = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col];

	  /* Zeroes are used for filler.  Skip them.  */
	  if (code == 0)
	    continue;

	  /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key?  */
	  {
	    int code_col;

	    for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++)
	      {
		int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col];

		switch (sym)
		  {
		  case XK_Meta_L:
		  case XK_Meta_R:
		    dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
		    break;

		  case XK_Alt_L:
		  case XK_Alt_R:
		    dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
		    break;

		  case XK_Hyper_L:
		  case XK_Hyper_R:
		    dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
		    break;

		  case XK_Super_L:
		  case XK_Super_R:
		    dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row);
		    break;

		  case XK_Shift_Lock:
		    /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier.  */
		    if ((1 << row) == LockMask)
		      dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask;
		    break;
		  }
	      }
	  }
	}
  }

  /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys.  */
  if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
    {
      dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask;
      dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0;
    }

  /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
     make them just meta, not alt.  */
  if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask)
    {
      dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask;
    }

  XFree ((char *) syms);
  XFreeModifiermap (mods);
}

#endif /* MAC_TODO */

/* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
   Emacs uses.  */

static unsigned int
x_mac_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     unsigned short state;
{
  return (((state & shiftKey) ? shift_modifier : 0)
	  | ((state & controlKey) ? ctrl_modifier : 0)
	  | ((state & cmdKey) ? meta_modifier : 0)
	  | ((state & optionKey) ? alt_modifier : 0));
}

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO */
static unsigned short
x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state)
     struct x_display_info *dpyinfo;
     unsigned int state;
{
  return (  ((state & alt_modifier)	? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask   : 0)
	  | ((state & super_modifier)	? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0)
	  | ((state & hyper_modifier)	? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0)
	  | ((state & shift_modifier)	? ShiftMask        : 0)
	  | ((state & ctrl_modifier)	? ControlMask      : 0)
	  | ((state & meta_modifier)	? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask  : 0));
}
#endif /* MAC_TODO */

/* Convert a keysym to its name.  */

char *
x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
     int keysym;
{
  char *value;

  BLOCK_INPUT;
#if 0
  value = XKeysymToString (keysym);
#else
  value = 0;
#endif
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  return value;
}



/* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
   The input handler calls this.

   We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
   If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
   the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved.  If not, ask for
   another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves.  */

static Point last_mouse_motion_position;
static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;

static int
note_mouse_movement (frame, pos)
     FRAME_PTR frame;
     Point *pos;
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (frame);
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  Rect r;
#endif

  last_mouse_movement_time = TickCount () * (1000 / 60);  /* to milliseconds */
  last_mouse_motion_position = *pos;
  XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  if (!PtInRect (*pos, GetWindowPortBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (frame), &r)))
#else
  if (!PtInRect (*pos, &FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (frame)->portRect))
#endif
    {
      if (frame == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
	/* This case corresponds to LeaveNotify in X11.  */
	{
	  /* If we move outside the frame, then we're certainly no
	     longer on any text in the frame.  */
	  clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
	  dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
	  if (!dpyinfo->grabbed)
	    rif->define_frame_cursor (frame,
				      frame->output_data.mac->nontext_cursor);
	}
      return 1;
    }
  /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting?  */
  if (frame != last_mouse_glyph_frame
      || !PtInRect (*pos, &last_mouse_glyph))
    {
      frame->mouse_moved = 1;
      last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
      note_mouse_highlight (frame, pos->h, pos->v);
      /* Remember which glyph we're now on.  */
      remember_mouse_glyph (frame, pos->h, pos->v, &last_mouse_glyph);
      last_mouse_glyph_frame = frame;
      return 1;
    }

  return 0;
}


/************************************************************************
			      Mouse Face
 ************************************************************************/

/* MAC TODO:  This should be called from somewhere (or removed)  ++KFS */

static void
redo_mouse_highlight ()
{
  if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
      && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
    note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
			  last_mouse_motion_position.h,
			  last_mouse_motion_position.v);
}


static struct frame *
mac_focus_frame (dpyinfo)
     struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo;
{
  if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    return dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;
  else
    /* Mac version may get events, such as a menu bar click, even when
       all the frames are invisible.  In this case, we regard the
       event came to the selected frame.  */
    return SELECTED_FRAME ();
}


/* Return the current position of the mouse.
   *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.

   If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
   and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
   is over.  Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
   position on the scroll bar.

   If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
   mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
   the mouse is over.

   Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
   was at this position.

   Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.

   This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
   movement.  */

static void
XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
     FRAME_PTR *fp;
     int insist;
     Lisp_Object *bar_window;
     enum scroll_bar_part *part;
     Lisp_Object *x, *y;
     unsigned long *time;
{
  FRAME_PTR f1;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
    x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
  else
    {
      Lisp_Object frame, tail;

      /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display.  */
      FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
	XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;

      last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;

      if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
	  && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
	f1 = last_mouse_frame;
      else
	f1 = mac_focus_frame (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp));

      if (f1)
	{
	  /* Ok, we found a frame.  Store all the values.
	     last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
	     generation of mouse events.  To not miss any motion
	     events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
	     size of the smallest character that could be displayed
	     on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
	     the frame are divided into.  */
	  Point mouse_pos;

	  SetPortWindowPort (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f1));
	  GetMouse (&mouse_pos);
	  remember_mouse_glyph (f1, mouse_pos.h, mouse_pos.v,
				&last_mouse_glyph);
	  last_mouse_glyph_frame = f1;

	  *bar_window = Qnil;
	  *part = 0;
	  *fp = f1;
	  XSETINT (*x, mouse_pos.h);
	  XSETINT (*y, mouse_pos.v);
	  *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
	}
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/************************************************************************
			 Toolkit scroll bars
 ************************************************************************/

#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS

static pascal void scroll_bar_timer_callback P_ ((EventLoopTimerRef, void *));
static OSStatus install_scroll_bar_timer P_ ((void));
static OSStatus set_scroll_bar_timer P_ ((EventTimerInterval));
static int control_part_code_to_scroll_bar_part P_ ((ControlPartCode));
static void construct_scroll_bar_click P_ ((struct scroll_bar *, int,
					    struct input_event *));
static OSErr get_control_part_bounds P_ ((ControlHandle, ControlPartCode,
					  Rect *));
static void x_scroll_bar_handle_press P_ ((struct scroll_bar *,
					   ControlPartCode,
					   struct input_event *));
static void x_scroll_bar_handle_release P_ ((struct scroll_bar *,
					     struct input_event *));
static void x_scroll_bar_handle_drag P_ ((WindowPtr, struct scroll_bar *,
					  Point, struct input_event *));
static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb P_ ((struct scroll_bar *,
						int, int, int));

/* Last scroll bar part sent in x_scroll_bar_handle_*.  */

static int last_scroll_bar_part;

static EventLoopTimerRef scroll_bar_timer;

static int scroll_bar_timer_event_posted_p;

#define SCROLL_BAR_FIRST_DELAY 0.5
#define SCROLL_BAR_CONTINUOUS_DELAY (1.0 / 15)

static pascal void
scroll_bar_timer_callback (timer, data)
     EventLoopTimerRef timer;
     void *data;
{
  EventRef event = NULL;
  OSErr err;

  err = CreateEvent (NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
		     kEventAttributeNone, &event);
  if (err == noErr)
    {
      Point mouse_pos;

      GetMouse (&mouse_pos);
      LocalToGlobal (&mouse_pos);
      err = SetEventParameter (event, kEventParamMouseLocation, typeQDPoint,
			       sizeof (Point), &mouse_pos);
    }
  if (err == noErr)
    {
      UInt32 modifiers = GetCurrentKeyModifiers ();

      err = SetEventParameter (event, kEventParamKeyModifiers, typeUInt32,
			       sizeof (UInt32), &modifiers);
    }
  if (err == noErr)
    err = PostEventToQueue (GetCurrentEventQueue (), event,
			    kEventPriorityStandard);
  if (err == noErr)
    scroll_bar_timer_event_posted_p = 1;

  if (event)
    ReleaseEvent (event);
}

static OSStatus
install_scroll_bar_timer ()
{
  static EventLoopTimerUPP scroll_bar_timer_callbackUPP = NULL;

  if (scroll_bar_timer_callbackUPP == NULL)
    scroll_bar_timer_callbackUPP =
      NewEventLoopTimerUPP (scroll_bar_timer_callback);

  if (scroll_bar_timer == NULL)
    /* Mac OS X and CarbonLib 1.5 and later allow us to specify
       kEventDurationForever as delays.  */
    return
      InstallEventLoopTimer (GetCurrentEventLoop (),
			     kEventDurationForever, kEventDurationForever,
			     scroll_bar_timer_callbackUPP, NULL,
			     &scroll_bar_timer);
}

static OSStatus
set_scroll_bar_timer (delay)
     EventTimerInterval delay;
{
  if (scroll_bar_timer == NULL)
    install_scroll_bar_timer ();

  scroll_bar_timer_event_posted_p = 0;

  return SetEventLoopTimerNextFireTime (scroll_bar_timer, delay);
}

static int
control_part_code_to_scroll_bar_part (part_code)
     ControlPartCode part_code;
{
  switch (part_code)
    {
    case kControlUpButtonPart:		return scroll_bar_up_arrow;
    case kControlDownButtonPart:	return scroll_bar_down_arrow;
    case kControlPageUpPart:		return scroll_bar_above_handle;
    case kControlPageDownPart:		return scroll_bar_below_handle;
    case kControlIndicatorPart:		return scroll_bar_handle;
    }

  return -1;
}

static void
construct_scroll_bar_click (bar, part, bufp)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int part;
     struct input_event *bufp;
{
  bufp->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
  bufp->frame_or_window = bar->window;
  bufp->arg = Qnil;
  bufp->part = part;
  bufp->code = 0;
  XSETINT (bufp->x, 0);
  XSETINT (bufp->y, 0);
  bufp->modifiers = 0;
}

static OSErr
get_control_part_bounds (ch, part_code, rect)
     ControlHandle ch;
     ControlPartCode part_code;
     Rect *rect;
{
  RgnHandle region = NewRgn ();
  OSStatus err;

  err = GetControlRegion (ch, part_code, region);
  if (err == noErr)
    GetRegionBounds (region, rect);
  DisposeRgn (region);

  return err;
}

static void
x_scroll_bar_handle_press (bar, part_code, bufp)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     ControlPartCode part_code;
     struct input_event *bufp;
{
  int part = control_part_code_to_scroll_bar_part (part_code);

  if (part < 0)
    return;

  if (part != scroll_bar_handle)
    {
      construct_scroll_bar_click (bar, part, bufp);
      HiliteControl (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar), part_code);
      set_scroll_bar_timer (SCROLL_BAR_FIRST_DELAY);
    }

  last_scroll_bar_part = part;
  bar->dragging = Qnil;
  tracked_scroll_bar = bar;
}

static void
x_scroll_bar_handle_release (bar, bufp)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     struct input_event *bufp;
{
  if (last_scroll_bar_part != scroll_bar_handle
      || !GC_NILP (bar->dragging))
    construct_scroll_bar_click (bar, scroll_bar_end_scroll, bufp);

  HiliteControl (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar), 0);
  set_scroll_bar_timer (kEventDurationForever);

  last_scroll_bar_part = -1;
  bar->dragging = Qnil;
  tracked_scroll_bar = NULL;
}

static void
x_scroll_bar_handle_drag (win, bar, mouse_pos, bufp)
     WindowPtr win;
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     Point mouse_pos;
     struct input_event *bufp;
{
  ControlHandle ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);

  if (last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_handle)
    {
      int top, top_range;
      Rect r;

      get_control_part_bounds (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar),
			       kControlIndicatorPart, &r);

      if (GC_NILP (bar->dragging))
	XSETINT (bar->dragging, mouse_pos.v - r.top);

      top = mouse_pos.v - XINT (bar->dragging) - XINT (bar->track_top);
      top_range = (XINT (bar->track_height) - (r.bottom - r.top)) *
	(1.0 + (float) GetControlViewSize (ch) / GetControl32BitMaximum (ch))
	+ .5;

      if (top < 0)
	top = 0;
      if (top > top_range)
	top = top_range;

      construct_scroll_bar_click (bar, scroll_bar_handle, bufp);
      XSETINT (bufp->x, top);
      XSETINT (bufp->y, top_range);
    }
  else
    {
      ControlPartCode part_code;
      int unhilite_p = 0, part;

      if (ch != FindControlUnderMouse (mouse_pos, win, &part_code))
	unhilite_p = 1;
      else
	{
	  part = control_part_code_to_scroll_bar_part (part_code);

	  switch (last_scroll_bar_part)
	    {
	    case scroll_bar_above_handle:
	    case scroll_bar_below_handle:
	      if (part != scroll_bar_above_handle
		  && part != scroll_bar_below_handle)
		unhilite_p = 1;
	      break;

	    case scroll_bar_up_arrow:
	    case scroll_bar_down_arrow:
	      if (part != scroll_bar_up_arrow
		  && part != scroll_bar_down_arrow)
		unhilite_p = 1;
	      break;
	    }
	}

      if (unhilite_p)
	HiliteControl (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar), 0);
      else if (part != last_scroll_bar_part
	       || scroll_bar_timer_event_posted_p)
	{
	  construct_scroll_bar_click (bar, part, bufp);
	  last_scroll_bar_part = part;
	  HiliteControl (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar), part_code);
	  set_scroll_bar_timer (SCROLL_BAR_CONTINUOUS_DELAY);
	}
    }
}

/* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR.  We are currently
   displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION.  */

static void
x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int portion, position, whole;
{
  ControlHandle ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);

  int value, viewsize, maximum;

  if (whole == 0 || XINT (bar->track_height) == 0)
    value = 0, viewsize = 1, maximum = 0;
  else
    {
      value = position;
      viewsize = portion;
      maximum = max (0, whole - portion);
    }

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  SetControl32BitMinimum (ch, 0);
  SetControl32BitMaximum (ch, maximum);
  SetControl32BitValue (ch, value);
  SetControlViewSize (ch, viewsize);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

#endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */



/************************************************************************
			 Scroll bars, general
 ************************************************************************/

/* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it.  W is
   the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
   WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
   scroll bar. */

static struct scroll_bar *
x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height, disp_top, disp_height)
     struct window *w;
     int top, left, width, height, disp_top, disp_height;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  struct scroll_bar *bar
    = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
  Rect r;
  ControlHandle ch;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  r.left = left;
  r.top = disp_top;
  r.right = left + width;
  r.bottom = disp_top + disp_height;

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  ch = NewControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r, "\p", width < disp_height,
		   0, 0, 0, kControlScrollBarProc, (long) bar);
#else
  ch = NewControl (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), &r, "\p", width < disp_height,
		   0, 0, 0, scrollBarProc, (long) bar);
#endif
  SET_SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar, ch);

  XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
  XSETINT (bar->top, top);
  XSETINT (bar->left, left);
  XSETINT (bar->width, width);
  XSETINT (bar->height, height);
  XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
  XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
  bar->dragging = Qnil;
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  bar->track_top = Qnil;
  bar->track_height = Qnil;
#endif

  /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars.  */
  bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
  bar->prev = Qnil;
  XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
  if (!NILP (bar->next))
    XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  return bar;
}


/* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.

   If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
   redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
   redraw it.  (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
   events.)

   Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
   fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
   bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
   the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
   to move to the very end of the buffer.  */

#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS

static void
x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int start, end;
     int rebuild;
{
  int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging);
  ControlHandle ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
  int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
  int length = end - start;

  /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing.  */
  if (! rebuild
      && start == XINT (bar->start)
      && end == XINT (bar->end))
    return;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve the
     distance between start and end.  */
  if (start < 0)
    start = 0;
  else if (start > top_range)
    start = top_range;
  end = start + length;

  if (end < start)
    end = start;
  else if (end > top_range && ! dragging)
    end = top_range;

  /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar.  */
  XSETINT (bar->start, start);
  XSETINT (bar->end, end);

  /* Clip the end position, just for display.  */
  if (end > top_range)
    end = top_range;

  /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels below
     top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least that
     many pixels tall.  */
  end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;

  SetControlMinimum (ch, 0);
  /* Don't inadvertently activate deactivated scroll bars */
  if (GetControlMaximum (ch) != -1)
    SetControlMaximum (ch, top_range + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
		       - (end - start));
  SetControlValue (ch, start);
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  SetControlViewSize (ch, end - start);
#endif

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

#endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */

/* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
   nil.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
{
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  /* Destroy the Mac scroll bar control  */
  DisposeControl (SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar));

  /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window.  */
  XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
   that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
   characters, starting at POSITION.  If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
   create one.  */

static void
XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
     struct window *w;
     int portion, whole, position;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  struct scroll_bar *bar;
  int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width, disp_top, disp_height;
  int window_y, window_height;

  /* Get window dimensions.  */
  window_box (w, -1, 0, &window_y, 0, &window_height);
  top = window_y;
  width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
  height = window_height;

  /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area.  */
  left = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w);

  /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
     the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar.  */
  if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w) > 0)
    sb_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w);
  else
    sb_width = width;

  /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar.  */
  if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w))
    sb_left = left;
  else
    sb_left = left + width - sb_width;

  /* Adjustments according to Inside Macintosh to make it look nice */
  disp_top = top;
  disp_height = height;
  if (disp_top == 0)
    {
      disp_top = -1;
      disp_height++;
    }
  else if (disp_top == FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) - 16)
    {
      disp_top++;
      disp_height--;
    }

  if (sb_left + sb_width == FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f))
    sb_left++;

  /* Does the scroll bar exist yet?  */
  if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      mac_clear_area (f, left, top, width, height);
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
      bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height, disp_top,
				 disp_height);
      XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
    }
  else
    {
      /* It may just need to be moved and resized.  */
      ControlHandle ch;

      bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
      ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);

      BLOCK_INPUT;

      /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing.  */
      if (!(XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
	    && XINT (bar->top) == top
	    && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
	    && XINT (bar->height) == height))
	{
	  /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
	     for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them.  */
	  mac_clear_area (f, left, top, width, height);

          HideControl (ch);
          MoveControl (ch, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, disp_top);
          SizeControl (ch, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
		       disp_height);
	  if (sb_width < disp_height)
	    ShowControl (ch);

          /* Remember new settings.  */
          XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
          XSETINT (bar->top, top);
          XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
          XSETINT (bar->height, height);
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
	  bar->track_top = Qnil;
	  bar->track_height = Qnil;
#endif
        }

      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }

#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  if (NILP (bar->track_top))
    {
      ControlHandle ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);
      Rect r0, r1;

      BLOCK_INPUT;

      SetControl32BitMinimum (ch, 0);
      SetControl32BitMaximum (ch, 1);
      SetControlViewSize (ch, 1);

      /* Move the scroll bar thumb to the top.  */
      SetControl32BitValue (ch, 0);
      get_control_part_bounds (ch, kControlIndicatorPart, &r0);

      /* Move the scroll bar thumb to the bottom.  */
      SetControl32BitValue (ch, 1);
      get_control_part_bounds (ch, kControlIndicatorPart, &r1);

      UnionRect (&r0, &r1, &r0);
      XSETINT (bar->track_top, r0.top);
      XSETINT (bar->track_height, r0.bottom - r0.top);

      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }

  x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
  /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
     dragged.  */
  if (NILP (bar->dragging))
    {
      int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height);

      if (whole == 0)
	x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0);
      else
	{
	  int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole;
	  int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole;
	  x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0);
	}
    }
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
}


/* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
   redisplay of the frame.  We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
   are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
   away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
   and girls?"  Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
   that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
   from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window.  */

/* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
   to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'.  A scroll bar may be spared if
   `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment.  */

static void
XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame)
     FRAME_PTR frame;
{
  /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS.  */
  while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
    {
      Lisp_Object bar;
      bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
      FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
      XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
      XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
      if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
	XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
      FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
    }
}


/* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
   Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all.  */

static void
XTredeem_scroll_bar (window)
     struct window *window;
{
  struct scroll_bar *bar;
  struct frame *f;

  /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one.  */
  if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
    abort ();

  bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);

  /* Unlink it from the condemned list.  */
  f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
  if (NILP (bar->prev))
    {
      /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
	 the lists.  */
      if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
	/* It's not condemned.  Everything's fine.  */
	return;
      else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
		   window->vertical_scroll_bar))
	FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
      else
	/* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
	   one or the other!  */
	abort ();
    }
  else
    XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;

  if (! NILP (bar->next))
    XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;

  bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
  bar->prev = Qnil;
  XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
  if (! NILP (bar->next))
    XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
}

/* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
   last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'.  */

static void
XTjudge_scroll_bars (f)
     FRAME_PTR f;
{
  Lisp_Object bar, next;

  bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);

  /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
     more events on the hapless scroll bars.  */
  FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;

  for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
    {
      struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);

      x_scroll_bar_remove (b);

      next = b->next;
      b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
    }

  /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
     and they should get garbage-collected.  */
}


/* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR.  If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
   is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, part_code, er, bufp)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     ControlPartCode part_code;
     EventRecord *er;
     struct input_event *bufp;
{
  int win_y, top_range;

  if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
    abort ();

  bufp->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
  bufp->frame_or_window = bar->window;
  bufp->arg = Qnil;

  bar->dragging = Qnil;

  switch (part_code)
    {
    case kControlUpButtonPart:
      bufp->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
      break;
    case kControlDownButtonPart:
      bufp->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
      break;
    case kControlPageUpPart:
      bufp->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
      break;
    case kControlPageDownPart:
      bufp->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
      break;
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
    default:
#else
    case kControlIndicatorPart:
#endif
      if (er->what == mouseDown)
        bar->dragging = make_number (0);
      XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar);
      bufp->part = scroll_bar_handle;
      break;
    }

  win_y = XINT (bufp->y) - XINT (bar->top);
  top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (0/*dummy*/, XINT (bar->height));

  win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;

  win_y -= 24;

  if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
    win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging);

  if (win_y < 0)
    win_y = 0;
  if (win_y > top_range)
    win_y = top_range;

  XSETINT (bufp->x, win_y);
  XSETINT (bufp->y, top_range);
}

#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS

/* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.

   This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
   mark bits.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, y_pos, t)
     struct scroll_bar *bar;
     int y_pos;
     Time t;
{
  FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame);

  last_mouse_movement_time = t;

  f->mouse_moved = 1;
  XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar);

  /* If we're dragging the bar, display it.  */
  if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging))
    {
      /* Where should the handle be now?  */
      int new_start = y_pos - 24;

      if (new_start != XINT (bar->start))
	{
	  int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start));

	  x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0);
	}
    }
}

#endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */

/* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
   on the scroll bar.  */

static void
x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
     FRAME_PTR *fp;
     Lisp_Object *bar_window;
     enum scroll_bar_part *part;
     Lisp_Object *x, *y;
     unsigned long *time;
{
  struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
  ControlHandle ch = SCROLL_BAR_CONTROL_HANDLE (bar);
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  WindowPtr wp = GetControlOwner (ch);
#else
  WindowPtr wp = (*ch)->contrlOwner;
#endif
  Point mouse_pos;
  struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (wp);
  int win_y, top_range;

  SetPortWindowPort (wp);

  GetMouse (&mouse_pos);

  win_y = mouse_pos.v - XINT (bar->top);
  top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));

  win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER;

  win_y -= 24;

  if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
    win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging);

  if (win_y < 0)
    win_y = 0;
  if (win_y > top_range)
    win_y = top_range;

  *fp = f;
  *bar_window = bar->window;

  if (! NILP (bar->dragging))
    *part = scroll_bar_handle;
  else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start))
    *part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
  else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE)
    *part = scroll_bar_handle;
  else
    *part = scroll_bar_below_handle;

  XSETINT (*x, win_y);
  XSETINT (*y, top_range);

  f->mouse_moved = 0;
  last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;

  *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
}


/* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
   background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
   Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
   redraw them.  */

void
x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
     FRAME_PTR f;
{
  XTcondemn_scroll_bars (f);
  XTjudge_scroll_bars (f);
}


/***********************************************************************
			     Text Cursor
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW.  W is the window in which
   we operate.  GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.

   ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line.  Text rows must be
   clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
   mode lines must be clipped to the whole window.  */

static void
x_clip_to_row (w, row, area, gc)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     int area;
     GC gc;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  Rect clip_rect;
  int window_x, window_y, window_width;

  window_box (w, area, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, 0);

  clip_rect.left = window_x;
  clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
  clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
  clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
  clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;

  mac_set_clip_rectangles (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), gc, &clip_rect, 1);
}


/* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.  */

static void
x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  Display *dpy = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f);
  int x, y, wd, h;
  XGCValues xgcv;
  struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
  GC gc;

  /* Get the glyph the cursor is on.  If we can't tell because
     the current matrix is invalid or such, give up.  */
  cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
  if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
    return;

  /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor.  */
  x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
  y = get_phys_cursor_geometry (w, row, cursor_glyph, &h);
  wd = w->phys_cursor_width;

  /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
     background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible.  */
  xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel;
  if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc)
    XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv);
  else
    dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
					    GCForeground, &xgcv);
  gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc;

  /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again.  */
  x_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, gc);
  mac_draw_rectangle (f, gc, x, y, wd, h);
  mac_reset_clip_rectangles (dpy, gc);
}


/* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.

   Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
   angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
   Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
   --gerd.  */

static void
x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *row;
     int width;
     enum text_cursor_kinds kind;
{
  struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
  struct glyph *cursor_glyph;

  /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage.  This can happen
     in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
     and mini-buffer.  */
  cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
  if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
    return;

  /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor.  That's usually better
     visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
     the bar might not be in the window.  */
  if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
    {
      struct glyph_row *row;
      row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
      draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
    }
  else
    {
      Display *dpy = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f);
      Window window = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);
      GC gc = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
      unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCBackground;
      struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id);
      XGCValues xgcv;

      /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
	 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
	 invisible.  Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
	 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
	 that the glyph is legible.  */
      if (face->background == f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel)
	xgcv.background = xgcv.foreground = face->foreground;
      else
	xgcv.background = xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel;

      if (gc)
	XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv);
      else
	{
	  gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv);
	  FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc;
	}

      if (width < 0)
	width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
      width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);

      w->phys_cursor_width = width;
      x_clip_to_row (w, row, TEXT_AREA, gc);

      if (kind == BAR_CURSOR)
	mac_fill_rectangle (f, gc,
			    WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x),
			    WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
			    width, row->height);
      else
	mac_fill_rectangle (f, gc,
			    WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x),
			    WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y +
						     row->height - width),
			    cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
			    width);

      mac_reset_clip_rectangles (dpy, gc);
    }
}


/* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F.  */

static void
mac_define_frame_cursor (f, cursor)
     struct frame *f;
     Cursor cursor;
{
  SetThemeCursor (cursor);
}


/* RIF: Clear area on frame F.  */

static void
mac_clear_frame_area (f, x, y, width, height)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y, width, height;
{
  mac_clear_area (f, x, y, width, height);
}


/* RIF: Draw cursor on window W.  */

static void
mac_draw_window_cursor (w, glyph_row, x, y, cursor_type, cursor_width, on_p, active_p)
     struct window *w;
     struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
     int x, y;
     int cursor_type, cursor_width;
     int on_p, active_p;
{
  if (on_p)
    {
      w->phys_cursor_type = cursor_type;
      w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;

      if (glyph_row->exact_window_width_line_p
	  && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
	{
	  glyph_row->cursor_in_fringe_p = 1;
	  draw_fringe_bitmap (w, glyph_row, 0);
	}
      else
      switch (cursor_type)
	{
	case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
	  x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
	  break;

	case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
	  draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
	  break;

	case BAR_CURSOR:
	  x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR);
	  break;

	case HBAR_CURSOR:
	  x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR);
	  break;

	case NO_CURSOR:
	  w->phys_cursor_width = 0;
	  break;

	default:
	  abort ();
	}
    }
}


/* Icons.  */

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: no icon support yet.  */
int
x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
     struct frame *f;
     Lisp_Object icon;
{
  HANDLE hicon;

  if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
    return 1;

  if (NILP (icon))
    hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
  else if (STRINGP (icon))
    hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
		       LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
  else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
    {
      LPCTSTR name;

      if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
	name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
      else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
	name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
      else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
	name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
      else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
	name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
      else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
	name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
      else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
	name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
      else
	return 1;

      hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
    }
  else
    return 1;

  if (hicon == NULL)
    return 1;

  PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
               (LPARAM) hicon);

  return 0;
}
#endif /* MAC_TODO */

/************************************************************************
			  Handling X errors
 ************************************************************************/

/* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
   helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.

x_error_catcher (display, error)
x_catch_errors (dpy)
x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
x_check_errors (dpy, format)
x_had_errors_p (dpy)
x_clear_errors (dpy)
x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
x_trace_wire ()
x_connection_signal (signalnum)
x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
x_error_quitter (display, error)
x_error_handler (display, error)
x_io_error_quitter (display)

 */


/* Changing the font of the frame.  */

/* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
   return the full name of that font.  FONTNAME may be a wildcard
   pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
   The return value shows which font we chose.  */

Lisp_Object
x_new_font (f, fontname)
     struct frame *f;
     register char *fontname;
{
  struct font_info *fontp
    = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);

  if (!fontp)
    return Qnil;

  FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
  FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
  FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;

  FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) = fontp->average_width;
  FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f) = fontp->space_width;
  FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));

  compute_fringe_widths (f, 1);

  /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns.  */
  if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0)
    {
      int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
      FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)
	= (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + wid-1) / wid;
    }
  else
    {
      int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
      FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
    }

  /* Now make the frame display the given font.  */
  if (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f) != 0)
    {
      XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->normal_gc,
		FRAME_FONT (f));
      XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->reverse_gc,
		FRAME_FONT (f));
      XSetFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.mac->cursor_gc,
		FRAME_FONT (f));

      /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
	 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
	 problems because the tip frame has no widget.  */
      if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f)
        x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f));
    }

  return build_string (fontp->full_name);
}

/* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
   return the full name of that fontset.  FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
   pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
   The return value shows which fontset we chose.  */

Lisp_Object
x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
     struct frame *f;
     char *fontsetname;
{
  int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
  Lisp_Object result;

  if (fontset < 0)
    return Qnil;

  if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
    /* This fontset is already set in frame F.  There's nothing more
       to do.  */
    return fontset_name (fontset);

  result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset))));

  if (!STRINGP (result))
    /* Can't load ASCII font.  */
    return Qnil;

  /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now.  */
  FRAME_FONTSET (f) = fontset;

  return build_string (fontsetname);
}


/***********************************************************************
	TODO: W32 Input Methods
 ***********************************************************************/
/* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.

xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
struct xim_inst_t
xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)

 */


void
mac_get_window_bounds (f, inner, outer)
     struct frame *f;
     Rect *inner, *outer;
{
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  GetWindowBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), kWindowContentRgn, inner);
  GetWindowBounds (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), kWindowStructureRgn, outer);
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  RgnHandle region = NewRgn ();

  GetWindowRegion (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), kWindowContentRgn, region);
  *inner = (*region)->rgnBBox;
  GetWindowRegion (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), kWindowStructureRgn, region);
  *outer = (*region)->rgnBBox;
  DisposeRgn (region);
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
}



/* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
   from its current recorded position values and gravity.  */

void
x_calc_absolute_position (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int width_diff = 0, height_diff = 0;
  int flags = f->size_hint_flags;
  Rect inner, outer;

  /* We have nothing to do if the current position
     is already for the top-left corner.  */
  if (! ((flags & XNegative) || (flags & YNegative)))
    return;

  /* Find the offsets of the outside upper-left corner of
     the inner window, with respect to the outer window.  */
  mac_get_window_bounds (f, &inner, &outer);

  width_diff = (outer.right - outer.left) - (inner.right - inner.left);
  height_diff = (outer.bottom - outer.top) - (inner.bottom - inner.top);

  /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
     position that fits on the screen.  */
  if (flags & XNegative)
    f->left_pos = (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
                   - width_diff
		   - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
		   + f->left_pos);

  if (flags & YNegative)
    f->top_pos = (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
		  - height_diff
		  - FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
		  + f->top_pos);

  /* The left_pos and top_pos
     are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
     so the flags should correspond.  */
  f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
}

/* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
   to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
   x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
   position values).  It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
   which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity.  */

void
x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
     struct frame *f;
     register int xoff, yoff;
     int change_gravity;
{
  if (change_gravity > 0)
    {
      f->top_pos = yoff;
      f->left_pos = xoff;
      f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
      if (xoff < 0)
	f->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
      if (yoff < 0)
	f->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
      f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
    }
  x_calc_absolute_position (f);

  BLOCK_INPUT;
  x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  MoveWindowStructure (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), f->left_pos, f->top_pos);
  /* If the title bar is completely outside the screen, adjust the
     position. */
  ConstrainWindowToScreen (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), kWindowTitleBarRgn,
			   kWindowConstrainMoveRegardlessOfFit
			   | kWindowConstrainAllowPartial, NULL, NULL);
  x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos);
#else
  {
    Rect inner, outer, screen_rect, dummy;
    RgnHandle region = NewRgn ();

    mac_get_window_bounds (f, &inner, &outer);
    f->x_pixels_diff = inner.left - outer.left;
    f->y_pixels_diff = inner.top - outer.top;
    MoveWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), f->left_pos + f->x_pixels_diff,
		f->top_pos + f->y_pixels_diff, false);

    /* If the title bar is completely outside the screen, adjust the
       position.  The variable `outer' holds the title bar rectangle.
       The variable `inner' holds slightly smaller one than `outer',
       so that the calculation of overlapping may not become too
       strict.  */
    GetWindowRegion (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), kWindowTitleBarRgn, region);
    outer = (*region)->rgnBBox;
    DisposeRgn (region);
    inner = outer;
    InsetRect (&inner, 8, 8);
    screen_rect = qd.screenBits.bounds;
    screen_rect.top += GetMBarHeight ();

    if (!SectRect (&inner, &screen_rect, &dummy))
      {
	if (inner.right <= screen_rect.left)
	  f->left_pos = screen_rect.left;
	else if (inner.left >= screen_rect.right)
	  f->left_pos = screen_rect.right - (outer.right - outer.left);

	if (inner.bottom <= screen_rect.top)
	  f->top_pos = screen_rect.top;
	else if (inner.top >= screen_rect.bottom)
	  f->top_pos = screen_rect.bottom - (outer.bottom - outer.top);

	MoveWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), f->left_pos + f->x_pixels_diff,
		    f->top_pos + f->y_pixels_diff, false);
      }
  }
#endif

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
   If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
   for this size change and subsequent size changes.
   Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged.  */

void
x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
     struct frame *f;
     int change_gravity;
     int cols, rows;
{
  int pixelwidth, pixelheight;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
  f->scroll_bar_actual_width
    = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);

  compute_fringe_widths (f, 0);

  pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
  pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);

  f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
  x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);

  SizeWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), pixelwidth, pixelheight, 0);
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  if (f->output_data.mac->hourglass_control)
    MoveControl (f->output_data.mac->hourglass_control,
		 pixelwidth - HOURGLASS_WIDTH, 0);
#endif

  /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
     but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
     change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
     ConfigureNotify event gets here.

     We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
     and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
     might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
     wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
     point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.

     We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
     a BLOCK_INPUT.  */
  change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
  FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
  FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;

  /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
     receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
     for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
     we have to make sure to do it here.  */
  SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);

  XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f));

  /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off.  */
  mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));

  /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
     since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
     Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
     so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size.  */
  cancel_mouse_face (f);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}

/* Mouse warping.  */

void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);

void
x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
     struct frame *f;
     int x, y;
{
  int pix_x, pix_y;

  pix_x = FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f, x) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) / 2;
  pix_y = FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f, y) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) / 2;

  if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
  if (pix_x > FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);

  if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
  if (pix_y > FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);

  x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
}

void
x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
     struct frame *f;
     int pix_x, pix_y;
{
#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: CursorDeviceMoveTo is non-Carbon */
  BLOCK_INPUT;

  XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y);
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
#endif
}

/* focus shifting, raising and lowering.  */

void
x_focus_on_frame (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
#if 0  /* This proves to be unpleasant.  */
  x_raise_frame (f);
#endif
#if 0
  /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
     without the interaction of the window manager.  Whatever you end up
     doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too.  */
  XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
		  RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime);
#endif /* ! 0 */
}

void
x_unfocus_frame (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
}

/* Raise frame F.  */

void
x_raise_frame (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  if (f->async_visible)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      SelectWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}

/* Lower frame F.  */

void
x_lower_frame (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  if (f->async_visible)
    {
      BLOCK_INPUT;
      SendBehind (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), nil);
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    }
}

static void
XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     int raise_flag;
{
  if (raise_flag)
    x_raise_frame (f);
  else
    x_lower_frame (f);
}

/* Change of visibility.  */

static void
mac_handle_visibility_change (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  WindowPtr wp = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);
  int visible = 0, iconified = 0;
  struct input_event buf;

  if (IsWindowVisible (wp))
    if (IsWindowCollapsed (wp))
      iconified = 1;
    else
      visible = 1;

  if (!f->async_visible && visible)
    {
      if (f->iconified)
	{
	  /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
	     the frame's display structures.  If we were made
	     invisible, we should not set garbaged, because that stops
	     redrawing on Update events.  */
	  SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);

	  EVENT_INIT (buf);
	  buf.kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT;
	  XSETFRAME (buf.frame_or_window, f);
	  kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
	}
      else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
	/* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
	   frame titles in case this is the second frame.  */
	record_asynch_buffer_change ();
    }
  else if (f->async_visible && !visible)
    if (iconified)
      {
	EVENT_INIT (buf);
	buf.kind = ICONIFY_EVENT;
	XSETFRAME (buf.frame_or_window, f);
	kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
      }

  f->async_visible = visible;
  f->async_iconified = iconified;
}

/* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
   However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
   the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
   The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
   but it will become visible later when the window manager
   finishes with it.  */

void
x_make_frame_visible (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  Lisp_Object type;
  int original_top, original_left;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
    {
      /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
	 call x_set_offset a second time
	 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
	 before the window gets really visible.  */
      if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
	  && ! f->output_data.mac->asked_for_visible)
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
	if (!(FRAME_SIZE_HINTS (f)->flags & (USPosition | PPosition)))
	  {
	    struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
	    if (!FRAME_MAC_P (sf))
	      RepositionWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), NULL,
				kWindowCenterOnMainScreen);
	    else
	      RepositionWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f),
				FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (sf),
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1020
				kWindowCascadeStartAtParentWindowScreen
#else
				kWindowCascadeOnParentWindowScreen
#endif
				);
	    x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos);
	  }
	else
#endif
	  x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0);

      f->output_data.mac->asked_for_visible = 1;

      SelectWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
      CollapseWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), false);
      ShowWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));
    }

  XFlush (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f));

  /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
     before we do anything else.  We do this loop with input not blocked
     so that incoming events are handled.  */
  {
    Lisp_Object frame;
    int count;

    /* This must come after we set COUNT.  */
    UNBLOCK_INPUT;

    XSETFRAME (frame, f);

    /* Wait until the frame is visible.  Process X events until a
       MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
       MapNotify at all..  */
    for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
	 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
      {
	/* Force processing of queued events.  */
	x_sync (f);

	/* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
	   observed to go into a busy-wait here.  So we'll fake an
	   alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
	   to be read.  We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
	   that the handler isn't always enabled here.  This is
	   probably a bug.  */
	if (input_polling_used ())
	  {
	    /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
	       processing the fake one.  Turn it off and let the
	       handler reset it.  */
	    extern void poll_for_input_1 P_ ((void));
	    int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
	    poll_suppress_count = 1;
	    poll_for_input_1 ();
	    poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
	  }

	/* See if a MapNotify event has been processed.  */
	FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
      }
  }
}

/* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state.  */

/* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified).  */

void
x_make_frame_invisible (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  /* A deactivate event does not occur when the last visible frame is
     made invisible.  So if we clear the highlight here, it will not
     be rehighlighted when it is made visible.  */
#if 0
  /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame.  */
  if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
    FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
#endif

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
     that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
     program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
     placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
     by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.)  */
  x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 1);

  HideWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

#if !USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  mac_handle_visibility_change (f);
#endif
}

/* Change window state from mapped to iconified.  */

void
x_iconify_frame (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  OSErr err;

  /* A deactivate event does not occur when the last visible frame is
     iconified.  So if we clear the highlight here, it will not be
     rehighlighted when it is deiconified.  */
#if 0
  /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame.  */
  if (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
    FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
#endif

  if (f->async_iconified)
    return;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);

  if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
    ShowWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f));

  err = CollapseWindow (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f), true);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  if (err != noErr)
    error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");

#if !USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  mac_handle_visibility_change (f);
#endif
}


/* Free X resources of frame F.  */

void
x_free_frame_resources (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  WindowPtr wp = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (wp != tip_window)
    remove_window_handler (wp);

  DisposeWindow (wp);
  if (wp == tip_window)
    /* Neither WaitNextEvent nor ReceiveNextEvent receives `window
       closed' event.  So we reset tip_window here.  */
    tip_window = NULL;

  free_frame_menubar (f);

  if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
    free_frame_faces (f);

  x_free_gcs (f);

  if (FRAME_SIZE_HINTS (f))
    xfree (FRAME_SIZE_HINTS (f));

  xfree (f->output_data.mac);
  f->output_data.mac = NULL;

  if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)
    dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0;
  if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame)
    dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0;
  if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
    dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;

  if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
    {
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
	= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
	= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
      dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
    }

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


/* Destroy the X window of frame F.  */

void
x_destroy_window (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

  x_free_frame_resources (f);

  dpyinfo->reference_count--;
}


/* Setting window manager hints.  */

/* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
   FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
   that the window now has.
   If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
   flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).  */
void
x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
     struct frame *f;
     long flags;
     int user_position;
{
  int base_width, base_height, width_inc, height_inc;
  int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0;
  XSizeHints *size_hints;

  base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0);
  base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0);
  width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
  height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);

  check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols);

  size_hints = FRAME_SIZE_HINTS (f);
  if (size_hints == NULL)
    {
      size_hints = FRAME_SIZE_HINTS (f) = xmalloc (sizeof (XSizeHints));
      bzero (size_hints, sizeof (XSizeHints));
    }

  size_hints->flags |= PResizeInc | PMinSize | PBaseSize ;
  size_hints->width_inc  = width_inc;
  size_hints->height_inc = height_inc;
  size_hints->min_width  = base_width + min_cols * width_inc;
  size_hints->min_height = base_height + min_rows * height_inc;
  size_hints->base_width  = base_width;
  size_hints->base_height = base_height;

  if (flags)
    size_hints->flags = flags;
  else if (user_position)
    {
      size_hints->flags &= ~ PPosition;
      size_hints->flags |= USPosition;
    }
}

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: hide application instead of iconify? */
/* Used for IconicState or NormalState */

void
x_wm_set_window_state (f, state)
     struct frame *f;
     int state;
{
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  Arg al[1];

  XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state);
  XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);

  f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint;
  f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state;

  XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
}

void
x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id)
     struct frame *f;
     int pixmap_id;
{
  Pixmap icon_pixmap;

#ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
#endif

  if (pixmap_id > 0)
    {
      icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id);
      f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap;
    }
  else
    {
      /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
	 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
	 for some window managers.  But with mwm it crashes.
	 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
	 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
	 right thing at all.  Since there is no way to win,
	 best to explicitly give up.  */
#if 0
      f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None;
#else
      return;
#endif
    }

#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state.  */

  {
    Arg al[1];
    XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap);
    XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1);
  }

#else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */

  f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
  XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);

#endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
}

#endif /* MAC_TODO */

void
x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
     struct frame *f;
     int icon_x, icon_y;
{
#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: no icons on Mac */
#ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
  Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget);
#else
  Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f);
#endif

  f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
  f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
  f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;

  XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints);
#endif /* MAC_TODO */
}


/***********************************************************************
			  XLFD Pattern Match
 ***********************************************************************/

/* An XLFD pattern is divided into blocks delimited by '*'.  This
   structure holds information for each block.  */
struct xlfdpat_block
{
  /* Length of the pattern string in this block.  Non-zero except for
     the first and the last blocks.  */
  int len;

  /* Pattern string except the last character in this block.  The last
     character is replaced with NUL in order to use it as a
     sentinel.  */
  unsigned char *pattern;

  /* Last character of the pattern string.  Must not be '?'.  */
  unsigned char last_char;

  /* One of the tables for the Boyer-Moore string search.  It
     specifies the number of positions to proceed for each character
     with which the match fails.  */
  int skip[256];

  /* The skip value for the last character in the above `skip' is
     assigned to `infinity' in order to simplify a loop condition.
     The original value is saved here.  */
  int last_char_skip;
};

struct xlfdpat
{
  /* Normalized pattern string.  "Normalized" means that capital
     letters are lowered, blocks are not empty except the first and
     the last ones, and trailing '?'s in a block that is not the last
     one are moved to the next one.  The last character in each block
     is replaced with NUL.  */
  unsigned char *buf;

  /* Number of characters except '*'s and trailing '?'s in the
     normalized pattern string.  */
  int nchars;

  /* Number of trailing '?'s in the normalized pattern string.  */
  int trailing_anychars;

  /* Number of blocks and information for each block.  The latter is
     NULL if the pattern is exact (no '*' or '?' in it).  */
  int nblocks;
  struct xlfdpat_block *blocks;
};

static void
xlfdpat_destroy (pat)
     struct xlfdpat *pat;
{
  if (pat)
    {
      if (pat->buf)
	{
	  if (pat->blocks)
	    xfree (pat->blocks);
	  xfree (pat->buf);
	}
      xfree (pat);
    }
}

static struct xlfdpat *
xlfdpat_create (pattern)
     char *pattern;
{
  struct xlfdpat *pat;
  int nblocks, i, skip;
  unsigned char last_char, *p, *q, *anychar_head;
  struct xlfdpat_block *blk;

  pat = xmalloc (sizeof (struct xlfdpat));
  if (pat == NULL)
    goto error;

  pat->buf = xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
  if (pat->buf == NULL)
    goto error;

  /* Normalize the pattern string and store it to `pat->buf'.  */
  nblocks = 0;
  anychar_head = NULL;
  q = pat->buf;
  last_char = '\0';
  for (p = pattern; *p; p++)
    {
      unsigned char c = *p;

      if (c == '*')
	if (last_char == '*')
	  /*  ...a** -> ...a*  */
	  continue;
	else
	  {
	    if (last_char == '?')
	      if (anychar_head > pat->buf && *(anychar_head - 1) == '*')
		/*  ...*??* -> ...*??  */
		continue;
	      else
		/*  ...a??* -> ...a*??  */
		{
		  *anychar_head++ = '*';
		  c = '?';
		}
	    nblocks++;
	  }
      else if (c == '?')
	{
	  if (last_char != '?')
	    anychar_head = q;
	}
      else
	/* On Mac OS X 10.3, tolower also converts non-ASCII
	   characters for some locales.  */
	if (isascii (c))
	  c = tolower (c);

      *q++ = last_char = c;
    }
  *q = '\0';
  nblocks++;
  pat->nblocks = nblocks;
  if (last_char != '?')
    pat->trailing_anychars = 0;
  else
    {
      pat->trailing_anychars = q - anychar_head;
      q = anychar_head;
    }
  pat->nchars = q - pat->buf - (nblocks - 1);

  if (anychar_head == NULL && nblocks == 1)
    {
      /* The pattern is exact.  */
      pat->blocks = NULL;
      return pat;
    }

  pat->blocks = xmalloc (sizeof (struct xlfdpat_block) * nblocks);
  if (pat->blocks == NULL)
    goto error;

  /* Divide the normalized pattern into blocks.  */
  p = pat->buf;
  for (blk = pat->blocks; blk < pat->blocks + nblocks - 1; blk++)
    {
      blk->pattern = p;
      while (*p != '*')
	p++;
      blk->len = p - blk->pattern;
      p++;
    }
  blk->pattern = p;
  blk->len = q - blk->pattern;

  /* Setup a table for the Boyer-Moore string search.  */
  for (blk = pat->blocks; blk < pat->blocks + nblocks; blk++)
    if (blk->len != 0)
      {
	blk->last_char = blk->pattern[blk->len - 1];
	blk->pattern[blk->len - 1] = '\0';

	for (skip = 1; skip < blk->len; skip++)
	  if (blk->pattern[blk->len - skip - 1] == '?')
	    break;

	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
	  blk->skip[i] = skip;

	p = blk->pattern + (blk->len - skip);
	while (--skip > 0)
	  blk->skip[*p++] = skip;

	blk->last_char_skip = blk->skip[blk->last_char];
      }

  return pat;

 error:
  xlfdpat_destroy (pat);
  return NULL;
}

static INLINE int
xlfdpat_exact_p (pat)
     struct xlfdpat *pat;
{
  return pat->blocks == NULL;
}

/* Return the first string in STRING + 0, ..., STRING + START_MAX such
   that the pattern in *BLK matches with its prefix.  Return NULL
   there is no such strings.  STRING must be lowered in advance.  */

static char *
xlfdpat_block_match_1 (blk, string, start_max)
     struct xlfdpat_block *blk;
     unsigned char *string;
     int start_max;
{
  int start, infinity;
  unsigned char *p, *s;

  xassert (blk->len > 0);
  xassert (start_max + blk->len <= strlen (string));
  xassert (blk->last_char != '?');

  /* See the comments in the function `boyer_moore' (search.c) for the
     use of `infinity'.  */
  infinity = start_max + blk->len + 1;
  blk->skip[blk->last_char] = infinity;

  start = 0;
  do
    {
      /* Check the last character of the pattern. */
      s = string + blk->len - 1;
      do
	{
	  start += blk->skip[*(s + start)];
	}
      while (start <= start_max);

      if (start < infinity)
	/* Couldn't find the last character.  */
	return NULL;

      /* No less than `infinity' means we could find the last
	 character at `s[start - infinity]'.  */
      start -= infinity;

      /* Check the remaining characters.  We prefer making no-'?'
	 cases faster because the use of '?' is really rare.  */
      p = blk->pattern;
      s = string + start;
      do
	{
	  while (*p++ == *s++)
	    ;
	}
      while (*(p - 1) == '?');

      if (*(p - 1) == '\0')
	/* Matched.  */
	return string + start;

      /* Didn't match.  */
      start += blk->last_char_skip;
    }
  while (start <= start_max);

  return NULL;
}

#define xlfdpat_block_match(b, s, m) \
  ((b)->len == 1 ? memchr ((s), (b)->last_char, (m) + 1) \
   : xlfdpat_block_match_1 (b, s, m))

/* Check if XLFD pattern PAT, which is generated by `xfldpat_create',
   matches with STRING.  STRING must be lowered in advance.  */

static int
xlfdpat_match (pat, string)
     struct xlfdpat *pat;
     unsigned char *string;
{
  int str_len, nblocks, i, start_max;
  struct xlfdpat_block *blk;
  unsigned char *s;

  xassert (pat->nblocks > 0);

  if (xlfdpat_exact_p (pat))
    return strcmp (pat->buf, string) == 0;

  /* The number of the characters in the string must not be smaller
     than that in the pattern.  */
  str_len = strlen (string);
  if (str_len < pat->nchars + pat->trailing_anychars)
    return 0;

  /* Chop off the trailing '?'s.  */
  str_len -= pat->trailing_anychars;

  /* The last block.  When it is non-empty, it must match at the end
     of the string.  */
  nblocks = pat->nblocks;
  blk = pat->blocks + (nblocks - 1);
  if (nblocks == 1)
    /* The last block is also the first one.  */
    return (str_len == blk->len
	    && (blk->len == 0 || xlfdpat_block_match (blk, string, 0)));
  else if (blk->len != 0)
    if (!xlfdpat_block_match (blk, string + (str_len - blk->len), 0))
      return 0;

  /* The first block.  When it is non-empty, it must match at the
     beginning of the string.  */
  blk = pat->blocks;
  if (blk->len != 0)
    {
      s = xlfdpat_block_match (blk, string, 0);
      if (s == NULL)
	return 0;
      string = s + blk->len;
    }

  /* The rest of the blocks.  */
  start_max = str_len - pat->nchars;
  for (i = 1, blk++; i < nblocks - 1; i++, blk++)
    {
      s = xlfdpat_block_match (blk, string, start_max);
      if (s == NULL)
	return 0;
      start_max -= s - string;
      string = s + blk->len;
    }

  return 1;
}


/***********************************************************************
				Fonts
 ***********************************************************************/

/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F.  */

struct font_info *
x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
     FRAME_PTR f;
     int font_idx;
{
  return (FRAME_MAC_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx);
}

/* the global font name table */
static char **font_name_table = NULL;
static int font_name_table_size = 0;
static int font_name_count = 0;

/* Alist linking font family names to Font Manager font family
   references (which can also be used as QuickDraw font IDs).  We use
   an alist because hash tables are not ready when the terminal frame
   for Mac OS Classic is created.  */
static Lisp_Object fm_font_family_alist;
#if USE_ATSUI
/* Hash table linking font family names to ATSU font IDs.  */
static Lisp_Object atsu_font_id_hash;
#endif

/* Alist linking character set strings to Mac text encoding and Emacs
   coding system. */
static Lisp_Object Vmac_charset_info_alist;

static Lisp_Object
create_text_encoding_info_alist ()
{
  Lisp_Object result = Qnil, rest;

  for (rest = Vmac_charset_info_alist; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
    {
      Lisp_Object charset_info = XCAR (rest);
      Lisp_Object charset, coding_system, text_encoding;
      Lisp_Object existing_info;

      if (!(CONSP (charset_info)
	    && STRINGP (charset = XCAR (charset_info))
	    && CONSP (XCDR (charset_info))
	    && INTEGERP (text_encoding = XCAR (XCDR (charset_info)))
	    && CONSP (XCDR (XCDR (charset_info)))
	    && SYMBOLP (coding_system = XCAR (XCDR (XCDR (charset_info))))))
	continue;

      existing_info = assq_no_quit (text_encoding, result);
      if (NILP (existing_info))
	result = Fcons (list3 (text_encoding, coding_system, charset),
			result);
      else
	if (NILP (Fmember (charset, XCDR (XCDR (existing_info)))))
	  XSETCDR (XCDR (existing_info),
		   Fcons (charset, XCDR (XCDR (existing_info))));
    }

  return result;
}


static void
decode_mac_font_name (name, size, coding_system)
     char *name;
     int size;
     Lisp_Object coding_system;
{
  struct coding_system coding;
  char *buf, *p;

  if (!NILP (coding_system) && !NILP (Fcoding_system_p (coding_system)))
    {
      for (p = name; *p; p++)
	if (!isascii (*p) || iscntrl (*p))
	  break;

      if (*p)
	{
	  setup_coding_system (coding_system, &coding);
	  coding.src_multibyte = 0;
	  coding.dst_multibyte = 1;
	  coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK;
	  coding.composing = COMPOSITION_DISABLED;
	  buf = (char *) alloca (size);

	  decode_coding (&coding, name, buf, strlen (name), size - 1);
	  bcopy (buf, name, coding.produced);
	  name[coding.produced] = '\0';
	}
    }

  /* If there's just one occurrence of '-' in the family name, it is
     replaced with '_'.  (More than one occurrence of '-' means a
     "FOUNDRY-FAMILY-CHARSET"-style name.)  */
  p = strchr (name, '-');
  if (p && strchr (p + 1, '-') == NULL)
    *p = '_';

  for (p = name; *p; p++)
    /* On Mac OS X 10.3, tolower also converts non-ASCII characters
       for some locales.  */
    if (isascii (*p))
      *p = tolower (*p);
}


static char *
mac_to_x_fontname (name, size, style, charset)
     char *name;
     int size;
     Style style;
     char *charset;
{
  Str31 foundry, cs;
  Str255 family;
  char xf[256], *result;
  unsigned char *p;

  if (sscanf (name, "%31[^-]-%255[^-]-%31s", foundry, family, cs) == 3)
    charset = cs;
  else
    {
      strcpy(foundry, "Apple");
      strcpy(family, name);
    }

  sprintf (xf, "%s-%c-normal--%d-%d-%d-%d-m-%d-%s",
	   style & bold ? "bold" : "medium", style & italic ? 'i' : 'r',
	   size, size * 10, size ? 72 : 0, size ? 72 : 0, size * 10, charset);

  result = xmalloc (strlen (foundry) + strlen (family) + strlen (xf) + 3 + 1);
  sprintf (result, "-%s-%s-%s", foundry, family, xf);
  for (p = result; *p; p++)
    /* On Mac OS X 10.3, tolower also converts non-ASCII characters
       for some locales.  */
    if (isascii (*p))
      *p = tolower (*p);
  return result;
}


/* Parse fully-specified and instantiated X11 font spec XF, and store
   the results to FAMILY, *SIZE, *STYLE, and CHARSET.  Return 1 if the
   parsing succeeded, and 0 otherwise.  For FAMILY and CHARSET, the
   caller must allocate at least 256 and 32 bytes respectively.  For
   ordinary Mac fonts, the value stored to FAMILY should just be their
   names, like "monaco", "Taipei", etc.  Fonts converted from the GNU
   intlfonts collection contain their charset designation in their
   names, like "ETL-Fixed-iso8859-1", "ETL-Fixed-koi8-r", etc.  Both
   types of font names are handled accordingly.  */

const int kDefaultFontSize = 12;

static int
parse_x_font_name (xf, family, size, style, charset)
     char *xf, *family;
     int *size;
     Style *style;
     char *charset;
{
  Str31 foundry, weight;
  int point_size, avgwidth;
  char slant[2], *p;

  if (sscanf (xf, "-%31[^-]-%255[^-]-%31[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%d-%d-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%d-%31s",
              foundry, family, weight, slant, size,
	      &point_size, &avgwidth, charset) != 8
      && sscanf (xf, "-%31[^-]-%255[^-]-%31[^-]-%1[^-]-%*[^-]--%d-%d-%*[^-]-%*[^-]-%*c-%d-%31s",
		 foundry, family, weight, slant, size,
		 &point_size, &avgwidth, charset) != 8)
    return 0;

  if (*size == 0)
    {
      if (point_size > 0)
	*size = point_size / 10;
      else if (avgwidth > 0)
	*size = avgwidth / 10;
    }
  if (*size == 0)
    *size = kDefaultFontSize;

  *style = normal;
  if (strcmp (weight, "bold") == 0)
    *style |= bold;
  if (*slant == 'i')
    *style |= italic;

  if (NILP (Fassoc (build_string (charset), Vmac_charset_info_alist)))
    {
      int foundry_len = strlen (foundry), family_len = strlen (family);

      if (foundry_len + family_len + strlen (charset) + 2 < sizeof (Str255))
	{
	  /* Like sprintf (family, "%s-%s-%s", foundry, family, charset),
	     but take overlap into account.  */
	  memmove (family + foundry_len + 1, family, family_len);
	  memcpy (family, foundry, foundry_len);
	  family[foundry_len] = '-';
	  family[foundry_len + 1 + family_len] = '-';
	  strcpy (family + foundry_len + 1 + family_len + 1, charset);
	}
      else
	return 0;
    }

  for (p = family; *p; p++)
    /* On Mac OS X 10.3, tolower also converts non-ASCII characters
       for some locales.  */
    if (isascii (*p))
      *p = tolower (*p);

  return 1;
}


static void
add_font_name_table_entry (char *font_name)
{
  if (font_name_table_size == 0)
    {
      font_name_table_size = 256;
      font_name_table = (char **)
	xmalloc (font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *));
    }
  else if (font_name_count + 1 >= font_name_table_size)
    {
      font_name_table_size *= 2;
      font_name_table = (char **)
	xrealloc (font_name_table,
		  font_name_table_size * sizeof (char *));
    }

  font_name_table[font_name_count++] = font_name;
}

/* Sets up the table font_name_table to contain the list of all fonts
   in the system the first time the table is used so that the Resource
   Manager need not be accessed every time this information is
   needed.  */

static void
init_font_name_table ()
{
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  FMFontFamilyIterator ffi;
  FMFontFamilyInstanceIterator ffii;
  FMFontFamily ff;
  Lisp_Object text_encoding_info_alist;
  struct gcpro gcpro1;

  text_encoding_info_alist = create_text_encoding_info_alist ();

#if USE_ATSUI
  if (!NILP (assq_no_quit (make_number (kTextEncodingMacUnicode),
			   text_encoding_info_alist)))
    {
      OSErr err;
      ItemCount nfonts, i;
      ATSUFontID *font_ids = NULL;
      Ptr name, prev_name = NULL;
      ByteCount name_len;

      atsu_font_id_hash =
	make_hash_table (Qequal, make_number (DEFAULT_HASH_SIZE),
			 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE),
			 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD),
			 Qnil, Qnil, Qnil);;
      err = ATSUFontCount (&nfonts);
      if (err == noErr)
	font_ids = xmalloc (sizeof (ATSUFontID) * nfonts);
      if (font_ids)
	err = ATSUGetFontIDs (font_ids, nfonts, NULL);
      if (err == noErr)
	for (i = 0; i < nfonts; i++)
	  {
	    err = ATSUFindFontName (font_ids[i], kFontFamilyName,
				    kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScript,
				    kFontNoLanguage, 0, NULL, &name_len, NULL);
	    if (err != noErr)
	      continue;
	    name = xmalloc (name_len + 1);
	    if (name == NULL)
	      continue;
	    name[name_len] = '\0';
	    err = ATSUFindFontName (font_ids[i], kFontFamilyName,
				    kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScript,
				    kFontNoLanguage, name_len, name,
				    NULL, NULL);
	    if (err == noErr)
	      decode_mac_font_name (name, name_len + 1, Qnil);
	    if (err == noErr
		&& *name != '.'
		&& (prev_name == NULL
		    || strcmp (name, prev_name) != 0))
	      {
		static char *cs = "iso10646-1";

		add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, 0,
							      normal, cs));
		add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, 0,
							      italic, cs));
		add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, 0,
							      bold, cs));
		add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, 0,
							      italic | bold, cs));
		Fputhash (make_unibyte_string (name, name_len),
			  long_to_cons (font_ids[i]), atsu_font_id_hash);
		xfree (prev_name);
		prev_name = name;
	      }
	    else
	      xfree (name);
	  }
      if (prev_name)
	xfree (prev_name);
      if (font_ids)
	xfree (font_ids);
    }
#endif

  /* Create a dummy instance iterator here to avoid creating and
     destroying it in the loop.  */
  if (FMCreateFontFamilyInstanceIterator (0, &ffii) != noErr)
    return;
  /* Create an iterator to enumerate the font families.  */
  if (FMCreateFontFamilyIterator (NULL, NULL, kFMDefaultOptions, &ffi)
      != noErr)
    {
      FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator (&ffii);
      return;
    }

  GCPRO1 (text_encoding_info_alist);

  while (FMGetNextFontFamily (&ffi, &ff) == noErr)
    {
      Str255 name;
      FMFont font;
      FMFontStyle style;
      FMFontSize size;
      TextEncoding encoding;
      TextEncodingBase sc;
      Lisp_Object text_encoding_info;

      if (FMGetFontFamilyName (ff, name) != noErr)
	break;
      p2cstr (name);
      if (*name == '.')
	continue;

      if (FMGetFontFamilyTextEncoding (ff, &encoding) != noErr)
	break;
      sc = GetTextEncodingBase (encoding);
      text_encoding_info = assq_no_quit (make_number (sc),
					 text_encoding_info_alist);
      if (NILP (text_encoding_info))
	text_encoding_info = assq_no_quit (make_number (kTextEncodingMacRoman),
					   text_encoding_info_alist);
      decode_mac_font_name (name, sizeof (name),
			    XCAR (XCDR (text_encoding_info)));
      fm_font_family_alist = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (name),
					   make_number (ff)),
				    fm_font_family_alist);

      /* Point the instance iterator at the current font family.  */
      if (FMResetFontFamilyInstanceIterator (ff, &ffii) != noErr)
	break;

      while (FMGetNextFontFamilyInstance (&ffii, &font, &style, &size)
	     == noErr)
	{
	  Lisp_Object rest = XCDR (XCDR (text_encoding_info));

	  if (size > 0 || style == normal)
	    for (; !NILP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
	      {
		char *cs = SDATA (XCAR (rest));

		if (size == 0)
		  {
		    add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
								  style, cs));
		    add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
								  italic, cs));
		    add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
								  bold, cs));
		    add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
								  italic | bold,
								  cs));
		  }
		else
		  {
		    add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name, size,
								  style, cs));
		  }
	      }
	}
    }

  UNGCPRO;

  /* Dispose of the iterators.  */
  FMDisposeFontFamilyIterator (&ffi);
  FMDisposeFontFamilyInstanceIterator (&ffii);
#else  /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  GrafPtr port;
  SInt16 fontnum, old_fontnum;
  int num_mac_fonts = CountResources('FOND');
  int i, j;
  Handle font_handle, font_handle_2;
  short id, scriptcode;
  ResType type;
  Str255 name;
  struct FontAssoc *fat;
  struct AsscEntry *assc_entry;
  Lisp_Object text_encoding_info_alist, text_encoding_info;
  struct gcpro gcpro1;

  GetPort (&port);  /* save the current font number used */
  old_fontnum = port->txFont;

  text_encoding_info_alist = create_text_encoding_info_alist ();

  GCPRO1 (text_encoding_info_alist);

  for (i = 1; i <= num_mac_fonts; i++)  /* get all available fonts */
    {
      font_handle = GetIndResource ('FOND', i);
      if (!font_handle)
	continue;

      GetResInfo (font_handle, &id, &type, name);
      GetFNum (name, &fontnum);
      p2cstr (name);
      if (fontnum == 0)
	continue;

      TextFont (fontnum);
      scriptcode = FontToScript (fontnum);
      text_encoding_info = assq_no_quit (make_number (scriptcode),
					 text_encoding_info_alist);
      if (NILP (text_encoding_info))
	text_encoding_info = assq_no_quit (make_number (smRoman),
					   text_encoding_info_alist);
      decode_mac_font_name (name, sizeof (name),
			    XCAR (XCDR (text_encoding_info)));
      fm_font_family_alist = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (name),
					   make_number (fontnum)),
				    fm_font_family_alist);
      do
	{
	  HLock (font_handle);

	  if (GetResourceSizeOnDisk (font_handle)
	      >= sizeof (struct FamRec))
	    {
	      fat = (struct FontAssoc *) (*font_handle
					  + sizeof (struct FamRec));
	      assc_entry
		= (struct AsscEntry *) (*font_handle
					+ sizeof (struct FamRec)
					+ sizeof (struct FontAssoc));

	      for (j = 0; j <= fat->numAssoc; j++, assc_entry++)
		{
		  Lisp_Object rest = XCDR (XCDR (text_encoding_info));

		  for (; !NILP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
		    {
		      char *cs = SDATA (XCAR (rest));

		      add_font_name_table_entry (mac_to_x_fontname (name,
								    assc_entry->fontSize,
								    assc_entry->fontStyle,
								    cs));
		    }
		}
	    }

	  HUnlock (font_handle);
	  font_handle_2 = GetNextFOND (font_handle);
	  ReleaseResource (font_handle);
	  font_handle = font_handle_2;
	}
      while (ResError () == noErr && font_handle);
    }

  UNGCPRO;

  TextFont (old_fontnum);
#endif  /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
}


void
mac_clear_font_name_table ()
{
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < font_name_count; i++)
    xfree (font_name_table[i]);
  xfree (font_name_table);
  font_name_table = NULL;
  font_name_table_size = font_name_count = 0;
  fm_font_family_alist = Qnil;
}


enum xlfd_scalable_field_index
  {
    XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE,
    XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE,
    XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH,
    XLFD_SCL_LAST
  };

static int xlfd_scalable_fields[] =
  {
    6,				/* PIXEL_SIZE */
    7,				/* POINT_SIZE */
    11,				/* AVGWIDTH */
    -1
  };

static Lisp_Object
mac_do_list_fonts (pattern, maxnames)
     char *pattern;
     int maxnames;
{
  int i, n_fonts = 0;
  Lisp_Object font_list = Qnil;
  struct xlfdpat *pat;
  char *scaled, *ptr;
  int scl_val[XLFD_SCL_LAST], *field, *val;
  int exact;

  if (font_name_table == NULL)  /* Initialize when first used.  */
    init_font_name_table ();

  for (i = 0; i < XLFD_SCL_LAST; i++)
    scl_val[i] = -1;

  /* If the pattern contains 14 dashes and one of PIXEL_SIZE,
     POINT_SIZE, and AVGWIDTH fields is explicitly specified, scalable
     fonts are scaled according to the specified size.  */
  ptr = pattern;
  i = 0;
  field = xlfd_scalable_fields;
  val = scl_val;
  if (*ptr == '-')
    do
      {
	ptr++;
	if (i == *field)
	  {
	    if ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9')
	      {
		*val = *ptr++ - '0';
		while ('0' <= *ptr && *ptr <= '9' && *val < 10000)
		  *val = *val * 10 + *ptr++ - '0';
		if (*ptr != '-')
		  *val = -1;
	      }
	    field++;
	    val++;
	  }
	ptr = strchr (ptr, '-');
	i++;
      }
    while (ptr && i < 14);

  if (i == 14 && ptr == NULL)
    {
      if (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] < 0)
	scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] =
	  (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE] > 0 ? scl_val[XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE] / 10
	   : (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH] > 0 ? scl_val[XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH] / 10
	      : -1));
      if (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE] < 0)
	scl_val[XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE] =
	  (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] > 0 ? scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] * 10
	   : (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH] > 0 ? scl_val[XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH]
	      : -1));
      if (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH] < 0)
	scl_val[XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH] =
	  (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] > 0 ? scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] * 10
	   : (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE] > 0 ? scl_val[XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE]
	      : -1));
    }
  else
    scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] = -1;

  pat = xlfdpat_create (pattern);
  if (pat == NULL)
    return Qnil;

  exact = xlfdpat_exact_p (pat);

  for (i = 0; i < font_name_count; i++)
    {
      if (xlfdpat_match (pat, font_name_table[i]))
	{
	  font_list = Fcons (build_string (font_name_table[i]), font_list);
	  if (exact || maxnames > 0 && ++n_fonts >= maxnames)
	    break;
	}
      else if (scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE] > 0
	       && (ptr = strstr (font_name_table[i], "-0-0-0-0-m-0-")))
	{
	  int former_len = ptr - font_name_table[i];

	  scaled = xmalloc (strlen (font_name_table[i]) + 20 + 1);
	  if (scaled == NULL)
	    continue;
	  memcpy (scaled, font_name_table[i], former_len);
	  sprintf (scaled + former_len,
		   "-%d-%d-72-72-m-%d-%s",
		   scl_val[XLFD_SCL_PIXEL_SIZE],
		   scl_val[XLFD_SCL_POINT_SIZE],
		   scl_val[XLFD_SCL_AVGWIDTH],
		   ptr + sizeof ("-0-0-0-0-m-0-") - 1);

	  if (xlfdpat_match (pat, scaled))
	    {
	      font_list = Fcons (build_string (scaled), font_list);
	      xfree (scaled);
	      if (exact || maxnames > 0 && ++n_fonts >= maxnames)
		  break;
	    }
	  else
	    xfree (scaled);
	}
    }

  xlfdpat_destroy (pat);

  return font_list;
}

/* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.

   Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on Mac, and
   consult the first display in x_display_list.  MAXNAMES sets a limit
   on how many fonts to match.  */

Lisp_Object
x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
     struct frame *f;
     Lisp_Object pattern;
     int size, maxnames;
{
  Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, tem, key;
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo
    = f ? FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f) : x_display_list;

  xassert (size <= 0);

  patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist);
  if (NILP (patterns))
    patterns = Fcons (pattern, Qnil);

  for (; CONSP (patterns); patterns = XCDR (patterns))
    {
      pattern = XCAR (patterns);

      if (!STRINGP (pattern))
        continue;

      tem = XCAR (XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element));
      key = Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames));

      list = Fassoc (key, tem);
      if (!NILP (list))
	{
	  list = Fcdr_safe (list);
	  /* We have a cashed list.  Don't have to get the list again.  */
	  goto label_cached;
	}

      BLOCK_INPUT;
      list = mac_do_list_fonts (SDATA (pattern), maxnames);
      UNBLOCK_INPUT;

      /* MAC_TODO: add code for matching outline fonts here */

      /* Now store the result in the cache.  */
      XSETCAR (XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element),
	       Fcons (Fcons (key, list),
		      XCAR (XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element))));

    label_cached:
      if (NILP (list)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives.  */
    }

  return list;
}


#if GLYPH_DEBUG

/* Check that FONT is valid on frame F.  It is if it can be found in F's
   font table.  */

static void
x_check_font (f, font)
     struct frame *f;
     XFontStruct *font;
{
  int i;
  struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

  xassert (font != NULL);

  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
    if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
	&& font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
      break;

  xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
}

#endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */

/* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
   Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
   min_bounds contents.  For example, [e-mail] reports that
   "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
   have font->min_bounds.width == 0.  */

static INLINE void
x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
     MacFontStruct *font;
     int *w, *h;
{
  *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
  *w = font->min_bounds.width;
}


/* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
   all fonts available on frame F.  Set the members smallest_char_width
   and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
   the values computed.  Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
   smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before.  */

static int
x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
     struct frame *f;
{
  int i;
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  MacFontStruct *font;
  int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
  int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;

  dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
  dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;

  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
    if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
      {
	struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
	int w, h;

	font = (MacFontStruct *) fontp->font;
	xassert (font != (MacFontStruct *) ~0);
	x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);

	dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
	dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
      }

  xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
	   && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);

  return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
	  || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
	  || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
}


/* Determine whether given string is a fully-specified XLFD: all 14
   fields are present, none is '*'.  */

static int
is_fully_specified_xlfd (char *p)
{
  int i;
  char *q;

  if (*p != '-')
    return 0;

  for (i = 0; i < 13; i++)
    {
      q = strchr (p + 1, '-');
      if (q == NULL)
        return 0;
      if (q - p == 2 && *(p + 1) == '*')
        return 0;
      p = q;
    }

  if (strchr (p + 1, '-') != NULL)
    return 0;

  if (*(p + 1) == '*' && *(p + 2) == '\0')
    return 0;

  return 1;
}


/* XLoadQueryFont creates and returns an internal representation for a
   font in a MacFontStruct struct.  There is really no concept
   corresponding to "loading" a font on the Mac.  But we check its
   existence and find the font number and all other information for it
   and store them in the returned MacFontStruct.  */

static MacFontStruct *
XLoadQueryFont (Display *dpy, char *fontname)
{
  int i, size, char_width;
  char *name;
  Str255 family;
  Str31 charset;
  SInt16 fontnum;
#if USE_ATSUI
  static ATSUFontID font_id;
  ATSUStyle mac_style = NULL;
#endif
  Style fontface;
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  TextEncoding encoding;
  int scriptcode;
#else
  short scriptcode;
#endif
  MacFontStruct *font;

  if (is_fully_specified_xlfd (fontname))
    name = fontname;
  else
    {
      Lisp_Object matched_fonts;

      matched_fonts = mac_do_list_fonts (fontname, 1);
      if (NILP (matched_fonts))
	return NULL;
      name = SDATA (XCAR (matched_fonts));
    }

  if (parse_x_font_name (name, family, &size, &fontface, charset) == 0)
    return NULL;

#if USE_ATSUI
  if (strcmp (charset, "iso10646-1") == 0) /* XXX */
    {
      OSErr err;
      ATSUAttributeTag tags[] = {kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag,
				 kATSUQDBoldfaceTag, kATSUQDItalicTag};
      ByteCount sizes[] = {sizeof (ATSUFontID), sizeof (Fixed),
			   sizeof (Boolean), sizeof (Boolean)};
      static Fixed size_fixed;
      static Boolean bold_p, italic_p;
      ATSUAttributeValuePtr values[] = {&font_id, &size_fixed,
					&bold_p, &italic_p};
      ATSUFontFeatureType types[] = {kAllTypographicFeaturesType};
      ATSUFontFeatureSelector selectors[] = {kAllTypeFeaturesOffSelector};
      Lisp_Object font_id_cons;

      font_id_cons = Fgethash (make_unibyte_string (family, strlen (family)),
			       atsu_font_id_hash, Qnil);
      if (NILP (font_id_cons))
	return NULL;
      font_id = cons_to_long (font_id_cons);
      size_fixed = Long2Fix (size);
      bold_p = (fontface & bold) != 0;
      italic_p = (fontface & italic) != 0;
      err = ATSUCreateStyle (&mac_style);
      if (err != noErr)
	return NULL;
      err = ATSUSetFontFeatures (mac_style, sizeof (types) / sizeof (types[0]),
      				 types, selectors);
      if (err != noErr)
	return NULL;
      err = ATSUSetAttributes (mac_style, sizeof (tags) / sizeof (tags[0]),
			       tags, sizes, values);
      fontnum = -1;
      scriptcode = kTextEncodingMacUnicode;
    }
  else
#endif
    {
      Lisp_Object tmp = Fassoc (build_string (family), fm_font_family_alist);

      if (NILP (tmp))
	return NULL;
      fontnum = XINT (XCDR (tmp));
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
      if (FMGetFontFamilyTextEncoding (fontnum, &encoding) != noErr)
	return NULL;
      scriptcode = GetTextEncodingBase (encoding);
#else
      scriptcode = FontToScript (fontnum);
#endif
    }

  font = (MacFontStruct *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct MacFontStruct));

  font->mac_fontnum = fontnum;
  font->mac_fontsize = size;
  font->mac_fontface = fontface;
  font->mac_scriptcode = scriptcode;
#if USE_ATSUI
  font->mac_style = mac_style;
#if USE_CG_TEXT_DRAWING
  font->cg_font = NULL;
  font->cg_glyphs = NULL;
#endif
#endif

  /* Apple Japanese (SJIS) font is listed as both
     "*-jisx0208.1983-sjis" (Japanese script) and "*-jisx0201.1976-0"
     (Roman script) in init_font_name_table ().  The latter should be
     treated as a one-byte font.  */
  if (scriptcode == smJapanese && strcmp (charset, "jisx0201.1976-0") == 0)
    font->mac_scriptcode = smRoman;

  font->full_name = mac_to_x_fontname (family, size, fontface, charset);

#if USE_ATSUI
  if (font->mac_style)
    {
      OSErr err;
      ATSUTextLayout text_layout;
      UniChar c = 0x20;
      Rect char_bounds, min_bounds, max_bounds;
      int min_width, max_width;
      ATSTrapezoid glyph_bounds;

      font->per_char = xmalloc (sizeof (XCharStruct) * 0x10000);
      if (font->per_char == NULL)
	{
	  mac_unload_font (&one_mac_display_info, font);
	  return NULL;
	}
      bzero (font->per_char, sizeof (XCharStruct) * 0x10000);

#if USE_CG_TEXT_DRAWING
      {
	FMFontFamily font_family;
	FMFontStyle style;
	ATSFontRef ats_font;

	err = FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont (font_id, &font_family, &style);
	if (err == noErr)
	  err = FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance (font_family, fontface,
						 &font_id, &style);
	/* Use CG text drawing if italic/bold is not synthesized.  */
	if (err == noErr && style == fontface)
	  {
	    ats_font = FMGetATSFontRefFromFont (font_id);
	    font->cg_font = CGFontCreateWithPlatformFont (&ats_font);
	  }
      }

      if (font->cg_font)
	font->cg_glyphs = xmalloc (sizeof (CGGlyph) * 0x100);
      if (font->cg_glyphs)
	bzero (font->cg_glyphs, sizeof (CGGlyph) * 0x100);
#endif

      err = atsu_get_text_layout_with_text_ptr (&c, 1,
						font->mac_style,
						&text_layout);
      if (err != noErr)
	{
	  mac_unload_font (&one_mac_display_info, font);
	  return NULL;
	}

      for (c = 0x20; c <= 0xff; c++)
	{
	  if (c == 0xad)
	    /* Soft hyphen is not supported in ATSUI.  */
	    continue;
	  else if (c == 0x7f)
	    {
	      STORE_XCHARSTRUCT (font->min_bounds, min_width, min_bounds);
	      STORE_XCHARSTRUCT (font->max_bounds, max_width, max_bounds);
	      c = 0x9f;
	      continue;
	    }

	  err = ATSUClearLayoutCache (text_layout, kATSUFromTextBeginning);
	  if (err == noErr)
	    err = ATSUMeasureTextImage (text_layout,
					kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
					0, 0, &char_bounds);
	  if (err == noErr)
	    err = ATSUGetGlyphBounds (text_layout, 0, 0,
				      kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1020
				      kATSUseFractionalOrigins,
#else
				      kATSUseDeviceOrigins,
#endif
				      1, &glyph_bounds, NULL);
	  if (err == noErr)
	    {
	      xassert (glyph_bounds.lowerRight.x - glyph_bounds.lowerLeft.x
		       == glyph_bounds.upperRight.x - glyph_bounds.upperLeft.x);

	      char_width = Fix2Long (glyph_bounds.upperRight.x
				     - glyph_bounds.upperLeft.x);
	      STORE_XCHARSTRUCT (font->per_char[c],
				 char_width, char_bounds);
	      if (c == 0x20)
		{
		  min_width = max_width = char_width;
		  min_bounds = max_bounds = char_bounds;
		  font->ascent = -Fix2Long (glyph_bounds.upperLeft.y);
		  font->descent = Fix2Long (glyph_bounds.lowerLeft.y);
		}
	      else
		{
		  if (char_width > 0)
		    {
		      min_width = min (min_width, char_width);
		      max_width = max (max_width, char_width);
		    }
		  if (!EmptyRect (&char_bounds))
		    {
		      SetRect (&min_bounds,
			       max (min_bounds.left, char_bounds.left),
			       max (min_bounds.top, char_bounds.top),
			       min (min_bounds.right, char_bounds.right),
			       min (min_bounds.bottom, char_bounds.bottom));
		      UnionRect (&max_bounds, &char_bounds, &max_bounds);
		    }
		}
	    }
#if USE_CG_TEXT_DRAWING
	  if (err == noErr && char_width > 0 && font->cg_font)
	    {
	      ATSUGlyphInfoArray glyph_info_array;
	      ByteCount count = sizeof (ATSUGlyphInfoArray);

	      err = ATSUMatchFontsToText (text_layout, kATSUFromTextBeginning,
					  kATSUToTextEnd, NULL, NULL, NULL);
	      if (err == noErr)
		err = ATSUGetGlyphInfo (text_layout, kATSUFromTextBeginning,
					kATSUToTextEnd, &count,
					&glyph_info_array);
	      if (err == noErr)
		font->cg_glyphs[c] = glyph_info_array.glyphs[0].glyphID;
	      else
		{
		  /* Don't use CG text drawing if font substitution
		     occurs in ASCII or Latin-1 characters.  */
		  CGFontRelease (font->cg_font);
		  font->cg_font = NULL;
		  xfree (font->cg_glyphs);
		  font->cg_glyphs = NULL;
		}
	    }
#endif
	}

      font->min_byte1 = 0;
      font->max_byte1 = 0xff;
      font->min_char_or_byte2 = 0;
      font->max_char_or_byte2 = 0xff;
    }
  else
#endif
    {
      GrafPtr port;
      SInt16 old_fontnum, old_fontsize;
      Style old_fontface;
      FontInfo the_fontinfo;
      int is_two_byte_font;

      /* Save the current font number used.  */
      GetPort (&port);
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
      old_fontnum = GetPortTextFont (port);
      old_fontsize = GetPortTextSize (port);
      old_fontface = GetPortTextFace (port);
#else
      old_fontnum = port->txFont;
      old_fontsize = port->txSize;
      old_fontface = port->txFace;
#endif

      TextFont (fontnum);
      TextSize (size);
      TextFace (fontface);

      GetFontInfo (&the_fontinfo);

      font->ascent = the_fontinfo.ascent;
      font->descent = the_fontinfo.descent;

      is_two_byte_font = (font->mac_scriptcode == smJapanese
			  || font->mac_scriptcode == smTradChinese
			  || font->mac_scriptcode == smSimpChinese
			  || font->mac_scriptcode == smKorean);

      if (is_two_byte_font)
	{
	  font->min_byte1 = 0xa1;
	  font->max_byte1 = 0xfe;
	  font->min_char_or_byte2 = 0xa1;
	  font->max_char_or_byte2 = 0xfe;

	  /* Use the width of an "ideographic space" of that font
	     because the_fontinfo.widMax returns the wrong width for
	     some fonts.  */
	  switch (font->mac_scriptcode)
	    {
	    case smJapanese:
	      font->min_byte1 = 0x81;
	      font->max_byte1 = 0xfc;
	      font->min_char_or_byte2 = 0x40;
	      font->max_char_or_byte2 = 0xfc;
	      char_width = StringWidth("\p\x81\x40");
	      break;
	    case smTradChinese:
	      font->min_char_or_byte2 = 0x40;
	      char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\x40");
	      break;
	    case smSimpChinese:
	      char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\xa1");
	      break;
	    case smKorean:
	      char_width = StringWidth("\p\xa1\xa1");
	      break;
	    }
	}
      else
	{
	  font->min_byte1 = font->max_byte1 = 0;
	  font->min_char_or_byte2 = 0x20;
	  font->max_char_or_byte2 = 0xff;

	  /* Do this instead of use the_fontinfo.widMax, which
	     incorrectly returns 15 for 12-point Monaco! */
	  char_width = CharWidth ('m');
	}

      if (is_two_byte_font)
	{
	  font->per_char = NULL;

	  if (fontface & italic)
	    font->max_bounds.rbearing = char_width + 1;
	  else
	    font->max_bounds.rbearing = char_width;
	  font->max_bounds.lbearing = 0;
	  font->max_bounds.width = char_width;
	  font->max_bounds.ascent = the_fontinfo.ascent;
	  font->max_bounds.descent = the_fontinfo.descent;

	  font->min_bounds = font->max_bounds;
	}
      else
	{
	  int c, min_width, max_width;
	  Rect char_bounds, min_bounds, max_bounds;
	  char ch;

	  font->per_char = xmalloc (sizeof (XCharStruct) * (0xff - 0x20 + 1));
	  bzero (font->per_char, sizeof (XCharStruct) * (0xff - 0x20 + 1));

	  min_width = max_width = char_width;
	  SetRect (&min_bounds, -32767, -32767, 32767, 32767);
	  SetRect (&max_bounds, 0, 0, 0, 0);
	  for (c = 0x20; c <= 0xff; c++)
	    {
	      if (c == 0x7f)
		{
		  STORE_XCHARSTRUCT (font->min_bounds, min_width, min_bounds);
		  STORE_XCHARSTRUCT (font->max_bounds, max_width, max_bounds);
		  continue;
		}

	      ch = c;
	      char_width = CharWidth (ch);
	      QDTextBounds (1, &ch, &char_bounds);
	      STORE_XCHARSTRUCT (font->per_char[c - 0x20],
				 char_width, char_bounds);
	      /* Some Japanese fonts (in SJIS encoding) return 0 as
		 the character width of 0x7f.  */
	      if (char_width > 0)
		{
		  min_width = min (min_width, char_width);
		  max_width = max (max_width, char_width);
		}
	      if (!EmptyRect (&char_bounds))
		{
		  SetRect (&min_bounds,
			   max (min_bounds.left, char_bounds.left),
			   max (min_bounds.top, char_bounds.top),
			   min (min_bounds.right, char_bounds.right),
			   min (min_bounds.bottom, char_bounds.bottom));
		  UnionRect (&max_bounds, &char_bounds, &max_bounds);
		}
	    }
	  if (min_width == max_width
	      && max_bounds.left >= 0 && max_bounds.right <= max_width)
	    {
	      /* Fixed width and no overhangs.  */
	      xfree (font->per_char);
	      font->per_char = NULL;
	    }
	}

      /* Restore previous font number, size and face.  */
      TextFont (old_fontnum);
      TextSize (old_fontsize);
      TextFace (old_fontface);
    }

#if !defined (MAC_OS8) || USE_ATSUI
  /* AppKit and WebKit do some adjustment to the heights of Courier,
     Helvetica, and Times.  This only works on the environments where
     the XDrawImageString counterpart is never used.  */
  if (strcmp (family, "courier") == 0 || strcmp (family, "helvetica") == 0
      || strcmp (family, "times") == 0)
    font->ascent += (font->ascent + font->descent) * .15 + 0.5;
#endif

  return font;
}


void
mac_unload_font (dpyinfo, font)
     struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo;
     XFontStruct *font;
{
  xfree (font->full_name);
  if (font->per_char)
    xfree (font->per_char);
#if USE_ATSUI
  if (font->mac_style)
    ATSUDisposeStyle (font->mac_style);
#if USE_CG_TEXT_DRAWING
  if (font->cg_font)
    CGFontRelease (font->cg_font);
  if (font->cg_glyphs)
    xfree (font->cg_glyphs);
#endif
#endif
  xfree (font);
}


/* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
   pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
   If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
   If loading is failed, return NULL.  */

struct font_info *
x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
     struct frame *f;
     register char *fontname;
     int size;
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  Lisp_Object font_names;

  /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name.  Once we
     have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
     we already have by comparing names.  */
  font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1);

  if (!NILP (font_names))
    {
      Lisp_Object tail;
      int i;

      for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
	for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
	  if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
	      && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name,
			   SDATA (XCAR (tail)))
		  || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name,
			      SDATA (XCAR (tail)))))
	    return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
    }
  else
    return NULL;

  /* Load the font and add it to the table.  */
  {
    char *full_name;
    struct MacFontStruct *font;
    struct font_info *fontp;
    unsigned long value;
    int i;

    fontname = (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names));

    BLOCK_INPUT;
    font = (MacFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY (f), fontname);
    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    if (!font)
      return NULL;

    /* Find a free slot in the font table.  */
    for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
      if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL)
	break;

    /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table.  */
    if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts
	&& dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size)
      {
	int sz;
	dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size);
	sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table;
	dpyinfo->font_table
	  = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz);
      }

    fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
    if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts)
      ++dpyinfo->n_fonts;

    /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP.  */
    BLOCK_INPUT;
    bzero (fontp, sizeof (*fontp));
    fontp->font = font;
    fontp->font_idx = i;
    fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1);
    bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1);

    if (font->min_bounds.width == font->max_bounds.width)
      {
	/* Fixed width font.  */
	fontp->average_width = fontp->space_width = font->min_bounds.width;
      }
    else
      {
	XChar2b char2b;
	XCharStruct *pcm;

	char2b.byte1 = 0x00, char2b.byte2 = 0x20;
	pcm = mac_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 0);
	if (pcm)
	  fontp->space_width = pcm->width;
	else
	  fontp->space_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);

	if (pcm)
	  {
	    int width = pcm->width;
	    for (char2b.byte2 = 33; char2b.byte2 <= 126; char2b.byte2++)
	      if ((pcm = mac_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 0)) != NULL)
		width += pcm->width;
	    fontp->average_width = width / 95;
	  }
	else
	  fontp->average_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
      }

    fontp->full_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (font->full_name) + 1);
    bcopy (font->full_name, fontp->full_name, strlen (font->full_name) + 1);

    fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width;
    fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
    {
      /* For some font, ascent and descent in max_bounds field is
	 larger than the above value.  */
      int max_height = font->max_bounds.ascent + font->max_bounds.descent;
      if (max_height > fontp->height)
	fontp->height = max_height;
    }

    /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
       code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
       the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
       (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
       2:0xA020..0xFF7F).  For the moment, we don't know which charset
       uses this font.  So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
       which is never used by any charset.  If mapping can't be
       decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED.  */
    if (font->mac_scriptcode == smJapanese)
      fontp->encoding[1] = 4;
    else
      {
        fontp->encoding[1]
           = (font->max_byte1 == 0
	      /* 1-byte font */
	      ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
	         ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
	            ? 0		/* 0x20..0x7F */
	            : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */
	         : 1)		/* 0xA0..0xFF */
	      /* 2-byte font */
	      : (font->min_byte1 < 0x80
	         ? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80
	            ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
		       ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
		          ? 0		/* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
		          : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
		       : 3)		/* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
	            : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
	         : (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
	            ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80
		       ? 2		/* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
		       : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
	            : 1)));		/* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
      }

#if 0 /* MAC_TODO: fill these out with more reasonably values */
    fontp->baseline_offset
      = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value)
	 ? (long) value : 0);
    fontp->relative_compose
      = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value)
	 ? (long) value : 0);
    fontp->default_ascent
      = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value)
	 ? (long) value : 0);
#else
    fontp->baseline_offset = 0;
    fontp->relative_compose = 0;
    fontp->default_ascent = 0;
#endif

    /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
       has a character with a smaller width than any other character
       before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
       other font loaded before.  If this happens, it will make a
       glyph matrix reallocation necessary.  */
    fonts_changed_p |= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f);
    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
    return fontp;
  }
}


/* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
   frame F.  If no such font is loaded, return NULL.  */

struct font_info *
x_query_font (f, fontname)
     struct frame *f;
     register char *fontname;
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
    if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
	&& (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname)
	    || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname)))
      return (dpyinfo->font_table + i);
  return NULL;
}


/* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
 `encoder' of the structure.  */

void
x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
     struct font_info *fontp;
{
  Lisp_Object list, elt;

  for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list))
    {
      elt = XCAR (list);
      if (CONSP (elt)
	  && STRINGP (XCAR (elt))
	  && (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->name)
	      >= 0))
	break;
    }
  if (! NILP (list))
    {
      struct ccl_program *ccl
	= (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program));

      if (setup_ccl_program (ccl, XCDR (elt)) < 0)
	xfree (ccl);
      else
	fontp->font_encoder = ccl;
    }
}



/* The Mac Event loop code */

#if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
#include <Events.h>
#include <Quickdraw.h>
#include <Balloons.h>
#include <Devices.h>
#include <Fonts.h>
#include <Gestalt.h>
#include <Menus.h>
#include <Processes.h>
#include <Sound.h>
#include <ToolUtils.h>
#include <TextUtils.h>
#include <Dialogs.h>
#include <Script.h>
#include <Types.h>
#include <Resources.h>

#if __MWERKS__
#include <unix.h>
#endif
#endif /* ! TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */

#define M_APPLE 128
#define I_ABOUT 1

#define WINDOW_RESOURCE 128
#define TERM_WINDOW_RESOURCE 129

#define DEFAULT_NUM_COLS 80

#define MIN_DOC_SIZE 64
#define MAX_DOC_SIZE 32767

#define EXTRA_STACK_ALLOC (256 * 1024)

#define ARGV_STRING_LIST_ID 129
#define ABOUT_ALERT_ID	128
#define RAM_TOO_LARGE_ALERT_ID 129

/* Contains the string "reverse", which is a constant for mouse button emu.*/
Lisp_Object Qreverse;


/* Modifier associated with the control key, or nil to ignore. */
Lisp_Object Vmac_control_modifier;

/* Modifier associated with the option key, or nil to ignore. */
Lisp_Object Vmac_option_modifier;

/* Modifier associated with the command key, or nil to ignore. */
Lisp_Object Vmac_command_modifier;

/* Modifier associated with the function key, or nil to ignore. */
Lisp_Object Vmac_function_modifier;

/* True if the option and command modifiers should be used to emulate
   a three button mouse */
Lisp_Object Vmac_emulate_three_button_mouse;

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
/* True if the mouse wheel button (i.e. button 4) should map to
   mouse-2, instead of mouse-3.  */
Lisp_Object Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2;

/* If Non-nil, the Mac "Command" key is passed on to the Mac Toolbox
   for processing before Emacs sees it.  */
Lisp_Object Vmac_pass_command_to_system;

/* If Non-nil, the Mac "Control" key is passed on to the Mac Toolbox
   for processing before Emacs sees it.  */
Lisp_Object Vmac_pass_control_to_system;
#endif

/* Points to the variable `inev' in the function XTread_socket.  It is
   used for passing an input event to the function back from
   Carbon/Apple event handlers.  */
static struct input_event *read_socket_inev = NULL;

/* Set in term/mac-win.el to indicate that event loop can now generate
   drag and drop events.  */
Lisp_Object Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop;

Point saved_menu_event_location;

/* Apple Events */
static void init_required_apple_events (void);
static pascal OSErr
do_ae_open_application (const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
static pascal OSErr
do_ae_print_documents (const AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
static pascal OSErr do_ae_open_documents (AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);
static pascal OSErr do_ae_quit_application (AppleEvent *, AppleEvent *, long);

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
/* Drag and Drop */
static pascal OSErr mac_do_track_drag (DragTrackingMessage, WindowPtr, void*, DragReference);
static pascal OSErr mac_do_receive_drag (WindowPtr, void*, DragReference);
static DragTrackingHandlerUPP mac_do_track_dragUPP = NULL;
static DragReceiveHandlerUPP mac_do_receive_dragUPP = NULL;
#endif

static Lisp_Object Qapplication, Qabout;
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
#ifdef MAC_OSX
extern void init_service_handler ();
static Lisp_Object Qpreferences, Qservices, Qpaste, Qperform;
#endif
/* Window Event Handler */
static pascal OSStatus mac_handle_window_event (EventHandlerCallRef,
						EventRef, void *);
#endif
OSErr install_window_handler (WindowPtr);

extern void init_emacs_passwd_dir ();
extern int emacs_main (int, char **, char **);

extern void initialize_applescript();
extern void terminate_applescript();

static unsigned int
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
mac_to_emacs_modifiers (UInt32 mods)
#else
mac_to_emacs_modifiers (EventModifiers mods)
#endif
{
  unsigned int result = 0;
  if (mods & shiftKey)
    result |= shift_modifier;



  /* Deactivated to simplify configuration:
     if Vmac_option_modifier is non-NIL, we fully process the Option
     key. Otherwise, we only process it if an additional Ctrl or Command
     is pressed. That way the system may convert the character to a
     composed one.
     if ((mods & optionKey) &&
      (( !NILP(Vmac_option_modifier) ||
      ((mods & cmdKey) || (mods & controlKey))))) */

  if (!NILP (Vmac_option_modifier) && (mods & optionKey)) {
    Lisp_Object val = Fget(Vmac_option_modifier, Qmodifier_value);
    if (INTEGERP(val))
      result |= XUINT(val);
  }
  if (!NILP (Vmac_command_modifier) && (mods & cmdKey)) {
    Lisp_Object val = Fget(Vmac_command_modifier, Qmodifier_value);
    if (INTEGERP(val))
      result |= XUINT(val);
  }
  if (!NILP (Vmac_control_modifier) && (mods & controlKey)) {
    Lisp_Object val = Fget(Vmac_control_modifier, Qmodifier_value);
    if (INTEGERP(val))
      result |= XUINT(val);
  }

#ifdef MAC_OSX
  if (!NILP (Vmac_function_modifier) && (mods & kEventKeyModifierFnMask)) {
    Lisp_Object val = Fget(Vmac_function_modifier, Qmodifier_value);
    if (INTEGERP(val))
      result |= XUINT(val);
  }
#endif

  return result;
}

static int
mac_get_emulated_btn ( UInt32 modifiers )
{
  int result = 0;
  if (!NILP (Vmac_emulate_three_button_mouse)) {
    int cmdIs3 = !EQ (Vmac_emulate_three_button_mouse, Qreverse);
    if (modifiers & cmdKey)
      result = cmdIs3 ? 2 : 1;
    else if (modifiers & optionKey)
      result = cmdIs3 ? 1 : 2;
  }
  return result;
}

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
/* Obtains the event modifiers from the event ref and then calls
   mac_to_emacs_modifiers.  */
static UInt32
mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (EventRef eventRef)
{
  UInt32 mods = 0;
  GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyModifiers, typeUInt32, NULL,
		    sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &mods);
  if (!NILP (Vmac_emulate_three_button_mouse) &&
      GetEventClass(eventRef) == kEventClassMouse)
    {
      mods &= ~(optionKey | cmdKey);
    }
  return mac_to_emacs_modifiers (mods);
}

/* Given an event ref, return the code to use for the mouse button
   code in the emacs input_event.  */
static int
mac_get_mouse_btn (EventRef ref)
{
  EventMouseButton result = kEventMouseButtonPrimary;
  GetEventParameter (ref, kEventParamMouseButton, typeMouseButton, NULL,
		    sizeof (EventMouseButton), NULL, &result);
  switch (result)
    {
    case kEventMouseButtonPrimary:
      if (NILP (Vmac_emulate_three_button_mouse))
	return 0;
      else {
	UInt32 mods = 0;
	GetEventParameter (ref, kEventParamKeyModifiers, typeUInt32, NULL,
			   sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &mods);
	return mac_get_emulated_btn(mods);
      }
    case kEventMouseButtonSecondary:
      return NILP (Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2) ? 1 : 2;
    case kEventMouseButtonTertiary:
    case 4:  /* 4 is the number for the mouse wheel button */
      return NILP (Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2) ? 2 : 1;
    default:
      return 0;
    }
}

/* Normally, ConvertEventRefToEventRecord will correctly handle all
   events.  However the click of the mouse wheel is not converted to a
   mouseDown or mouseUp event.  Likewise for dead key down events.
   This calls ConvertEventRef, but then checks to see if it is a mouse
   up/down, or a dead key down carbon event that has not been
   converted, and if so, converts it by hand (to be picked up in the
   XTread_socket loop).  */
static Boolean mac_convert_event_ref (EventRef eventRef, EventRecord *eventRec)
{
  Boolean result = ConvertEventRefToEventRecord (eventRef, eventRec);

  if (result)
    return result;

  switch (GetEventClass (eventRef))
    {
    case kEventClassMouse:
      switch (GetEventKind (eventRef))
	{
	case kEventMouseDown:
	  eventRec->what = mouseDown;
	  result = 1;
	  break;

	case kEventMouseUp:
	  eventRec->what = mouseUp;
	  result = 1;
	  break;

	default:
	  break;
	}
      break;

    case kEventClassKeyboard:
      switch (GetEventKind (eventRef))
	{
	case kEventRawKeyDown:
	  {
	    unsigned char char_codes;
	    UInt32 key_code;

	    eventRec->what = keyDown;
	    GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, typeChar,
			       NULL, sizeof (char), NULL, &char_codes);
	    GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyCode, typeUInt32,
			       NULL, sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &key_code);
	    eventRec->message = char_codes | ((key_code & 0xff) << 8);
	    result = 1;
	  }
	  break;

	default:
	  break;
	}
      break;

    default:
      break;
    }

  if (result)
    {
      /* Need where and when.  */
      UInt32 mods;

      GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamMouseLocation, typeQDPoint,
			 NULL, sizeof (Point), NULL, &eventRec->where);
      /* Use two step process because new event modifiers are 32-bit
	 and old are 16-bit.  Currently, only loss is NumLock & Fn. */
      GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyModifiers, typeUInt32,
			 NULL, sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &mods);
      eventRec->modifiers = mods;

      eventRec->when = EventTimeToTicks (GetEventTime (eventRef));
    }

  return result;
}

#endif

static void
do_get_menus (void)
{
  Handle menubar_handle;
  MenuHandle menu_handle;

  menubar_handle = GetNewMBar (128);
  if(menubar_handle == NULL)
    abort ();
  SetMenuBar (menubar_handle);
  DrawMenuBar ();

#if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  menu_handle = GetMenuHandle (M_APPLE);
  if(menu_handle != NULL)
    AppendResMenu (menu_handle,'DRVR');
  else
    abort ();
#endif
}


static void
do_init_managers (void)
{
#if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  InitGraf (&qd.thePort);
  InitFonts ();
  FlushEvents (everyEvent, 0);
  InitWindows ();
  InitMenus ();
  TEInit ();
  InitDialogs (NULL);
#endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  InitCursor ();

#if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  /* set up some extra stack space for use by emacs */
  SetApplLimit ((Ptr) ((long) GetApplLimit () - EXTRA_STACK_ALLOC));

  /* MaxApplZone must be called for AppleScript to execute more
     complicated scripts */
  MaxApplZone ();
  MoreMasters ();
#endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
}

static void
do_check_ram_size (void)
{
  SInt32 physical_ram_size, logical_ram_size;

  if (Gestalt (gestaltPhysicalRAMSize, &physical_ram_size) != noErr
      || Gestalt (gestaltLogicalRAMSize, &logical_ram_size) != noErr
      || physical_ram_size > (1 << VALBITS)
      || logical_ram_size > (1 << VALBITS))
    {
      StopAlert (RAM_TOO_LARGE_ALERT_ID, NULL);
      exit (1);
    }
}

static void
do_window_update (WindowPtr win)
{
  struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (win);

  BeginUpdate (win);

  /* The tooltip has been drawn already.  Avoid the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED
     below.  */
  if (win != tip_window)
    {
      if (f->async_visible == 0)
        {
	  /* Update events may occur when a frame gets iconified.  */
#if 0
          f->async_visible = 1;
          f->async_iconified = 0;
          SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
#endif
        }
      else
	{
	  Rect r;
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
	  RgnHandle region = NewRgn ();

	  GetPortVisibleRegion (GetWindowPort (win), region);
	  GetRegionBounds (region, &r);
	  expose_frame (f, r.left, r.top, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
	  UpdateControls (win, region);
	  DisposeRgn (region);
#else
	  r = (*win->visRgn)->rgnBBox;
	  expose_frame (f, r.left, r.top, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
	  UpdateControls (win, win->visRgn);
#endif
	}
    }

  EndUpdate (win);
}

static int
is_emacs_window (WindowPtr win)
{
  Lisp_Object tail, frame;

  if (!win)
    return 0;

  FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
    if (FRAME_MAC_P (XFRAME (frame)))
      if (FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame)) == win)
	return 1;

  return 0;
}

static void
do_app_resume ()
{
  /* Window-activate events will do the job. */
}

static void
do_app_suspend ()
{
  /* Window-deactivate events will do the job. */
}


static void
do_apple_menu (SInt16 menu_item)
{
#if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  Str255 item_name;
  SInt16 da_driver_refnum;

  if (menu_item == I_ABOUT)
    NoteAlert (ABOUT_ALERT_ID, NULL);
  else
    {
      GetMenuItemText (GetMenuHandle (M_APPLE), menu_item, item_name);
      da_driver_refnum = OpenDeskAcc (item_name);
    }
#endif /* !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
}

void
do_menu_choice (SInt32 menu_choice)
{
  SInt16 menu_id, menu_item;

  menu_id = HiWord (menu_choice);
  menu_item = LoWord (menu_choice);

  switch (menu_id)
    {
    case 0:
      break;

    case M_APPLE:
      do_apple_menu (menu_item);
      break;

    default:
      {
        struct frame *f = mac_focus_frame (&one_mac_display_info);
        MenuHandle menu = GetMenuHandle (menu_id);
        if (menu)
          {
            UInt32 refcon;

            GetMenuItemRefCon (menu, menu_item, &refcon);
            menubar_selection_callback (f, refcon);
          }
      }
    }

  HiliteMenu (0);
}


/* Handle drags in size box.  Based on code contributed by Ben
   Mesander and IM - Window Manager A.  */

static void
do_grow_window (WindowPtr w, EventRecord *e)
{
  Rect limit_rect;
  int rows, columns, width, height;
  struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (w);
  XSizeHints *size_hints = FRAME_SIZE_HINTS (f);
  int min_width = MIN_DOC_SIZE, min_height = MIN_DOC_SIZE;
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  Rect new_rect;
#else
  long grow_size;
#endif

  if (size_hints->flags & PMinSize)
    {
      min_width  = size_hints->min_width;
      min_height = size_hints->min_height;
    }
  SetRect (&limit_rect, min_width, min_height, MAX_DOC_SIZE, MAX_DOC_SIZE);

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  if (!ResizeWindow (w, e->where, &limit_rect, &new_rect))
    return;
  height = new_rect.bottom - new_rect.top;
  width = new_rect.right - new_rect.left;
#else
  grow_size = GrowWindow (w, e->where, &limit_rect);
  /* see if it really changed size */
  if (grow_size == 0)
    return;
  height = HiWord (grow_size);
  width = LoWord (grow_size);
#endif

  if (width != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
      || height != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))
    {
      rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, height);
      columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, width);

      x_set_window_size (f, 0, columns, rows);
    }
}


/* Handle clicks in zoom box.  Calculation of "standard state" based
   on code in IM - Window Manager A and code contributed by Ben
   Mesander.  The standard state of an Emacs window is 80-characters
   wide (DEFAULT_NUM_COLS) and as tall as will fit on the screen.  */

static void
do_zoom_window (WindowPtr w, int zoom_in_or_out)
{
  GrafPtr save_port;
  Rect zoom_rect, port_rect;
  Point top_left;
  int w_title_height, columns, rows, width, height;
  struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (w);
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_MAC_DISPLAY_INFO (f);

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  {
    Point standard_size;

    standard_size.h = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, DEFAULT_NUM_COLS);
    standard_size.v = dpyinfo->height;

    if (IsWindowInStandardState (w, &standard_size, &zoom_rect))
      zoom_in_or_out = inZoomIn;
    else
      {
	/* Adjust the standard size according to character boundaries.  */

	columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, zoom_rect.right - zoom_rect.left);
	rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, zoom_rect.bottom - zoom_rect.top);
	standard_size.h = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, columns);
	standard_size.v = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
	GetWindowBounds (w, kWindowContentRgn, &port_rect);
	if (IsWindowInStandardState (w, &standard_size, &zoom_rect)
	    && port_rect.left == zoom_rect.left
	    && port_rect.top == zoom_rect.top)
	  zoom_in_or_out = inZoomIn;
	else
	  zoom_in_or_out = inZoomOut;
      }

    ZoomWindowIdeal (w, zoom_in_or_out, &standard_size);
  }
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
  GetPort (&save_port);

  SetPortWindowPort (w);

  /* Clear window to avoid flicker.  */
  EraseRect (&(w->portRect));
  if (zoom_in_or_out == inZoomOut)
    {
      SetPt (&top_left, w->portRect.left, w->portRect.top);
      LocalToGlobal (&top_left);

      /* calculate height of window's title bar */
      w_title_height = top_left.v - 1
	- (**((WindowPeek) w)->strucRgn).rgnBBox.top + GetMBarHeight ();

      /* get maximum height of window into zoom_rect.bottom - zoom_rect.top */
      zoom_rect = qd.screenBits.bounds;
      zoom_rect.top += w_title_height;
      InsetRect (&zoom_rect, 8, 4);  /* not too tight */

      zoom_rect.right = zoom_rect.left
	+ FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, DEFAULT_NUM_COLS);

      /* Adjust the standard size according to character boundaries.  */
      rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, zoom_rect.bottom - zoom_rect.top);
      zoom_rect.bottom =
	zoom_rect.top + FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);

      (**((WStateDataHandle) ((WindowPeek) w)->dataHandle)).stdState
	= zoom_rect;
    }

  ZoomWindow (w, zoom_in_or_out, f == mac_focus_frame (dpyinfo));

  SetPort (save_port);
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */

  /* retrieve window size and update application values */
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  GetWindowPortBounds (w, &port_rect);
#else
  port_rect = w->portRect;
#endif
  height = port_rect.bottom - port_rect.top;
  width = port_rect.right - port_rect.left;

  if (width != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
      || height != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f))
    {
      rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, height);
      columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, width);

      change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
      SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
      cancel_mouse_face (f);

      FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = width;
      FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = height;
    }
  x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos);
}

/* Intialize AppleEvent dispatcher table for the required events.  */
void
init_required_apple_events ()
{
  OSErr err;
  long result;

  /* Make sure we have apple events before starting.  */
  err = Gestalt (gestaltAppleEventsAttr, &result);
  if (err != noErr)
    abort ();

  if (!(result & (1 << gestaltAppleEventsPresent)))
    abort ();

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
			      NewAEEventHandlerUPP
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_application),
                              0L, false);
#else
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
			      NewAEEventHandlerProc
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_application),
                              0L, false);
#endif
  if (err != noErr)
    abort ();

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
                              NewAEEventHandlerUPP
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_documents),
                              0L, false);
#else
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
                              NewAEEventHandlerProc
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_open_documents),
                              0L, false);
#endif
  if (err != noErr)
    abort ();

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
                              NewAEEventHandlerUPP
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_print_documents),
                              0L, false);
#else
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
                              NewAEEventHandlerProc
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_print_documents),
                              0L, false);
#endif
  if (err != noErr)
    abort ();

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
                              NewAEEventHandlerUPP
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_quit_application),
                              0L, false);
#else
  err = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
                              NewAEEventHandlerProc
			      ((AEEventHandlerProcPtr) do_ae_quit_application),
                              0L, false);
#endif
  if (err != noErr)
    abort ();
}

void
mac_store_application_menu_event (event)
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
     EventRef event;
#else
     UInt32 event;
#endif
{
  struct input_event buf;
  Lisp_Object frame, entry;

  EVENT_INIT (buf);

  XSETFRAME (frame, mac_focus_frame (&one_mac_display_info));
  buf.kind = MENU_BAR_EVENT;
  buf.frame_or_window = frame;
  buf.arg = frame;
  kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);

  buf.arg = Qapplication;
  kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  switch (GetEventClass (event))
    {
#ifdef MAC_OSX
    case kEventClassService:
      buf.arg = Qservices;
      kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
      switch (GetEventKind (event))
	{
	case kEventServicePaste:
	  entry = Qpaste;
	  break;

	case kEventServicePerform:
	  {
	    OSErr err;
	    CFStringRef message;

	    err = GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamServiceMessageName,
				     typeCFStringRef, NULL,
				     sizeof (CFStringRef), NULL, &message);
	    buf.arg = Qperform;
	    kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
	    if (err == noErr && message)
	      entry = intern (SDATA (cfstring_to_lisp (message)));
	    else
	      entry = Qnil;
	  }
	  break;

	default:
	  abort ();
	}
      break;
#endif	/* MAC_OSX */
    case kEventClassCommand:
      {
	HICommand command;

	GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamDirectObject, typeHICommand,
			  NULL, sizeof (HICommand), NULL, &command);
	switch (command.commandID)
	  {
	  case kHICommandAbout:
	    entry = Qabout;
	    break;
#ifdef MAC_OSX
	  case kHICommandPreferences:
	    entry = Qpreferences;
	    break;
#endif /* MAC_OSX */
	  case kHICommandQuit:
	    entry = Qquit;
	    break;
	  default:
	    abort ();
	  }
      }
      break;

    default:
      abort ();
    }
#else  /* USE_CARBON_EVENTS */
  switch (event)
    {
    case kHICommandAbout:
      entry = Qabout;
      break;
    case kHICommandQuit:
      entry = Qquit;
      break;
    default:
      abort ();
    }
#endif

  buf.arg = entry;
  kbd_buffer_store_event (&buf);
}

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
static pascal OSStatus
mac_handle_command_event (next_handler, event, data)
     EventHandlerCallRef next_handler;
     EventRef event;
     void *data;
{
  HICommand command;
  OSErr result;

  GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamDirectObject, typeHICommand, NULL,
		    sizeof (HICommand), NULL, &command);

  switch (command.commandID)
    {
    case kHICommandAbout:
#ifdef MAC_OSX
    case kHICommandPreferences:
#endif	/* MAC_OSX */
      result = CallNextEventHandler (next_handler, event);
      if (result != eventNotHandledErr)
	return result;

      mac_store_application_menu_event (event);
      return noErr;

    default:
      break;
    }

  return eventNotHandledErr;
}

static OSErr
init_command_handler ()
{
  OSErr err = noErr;
  EventTypeSpec specs[] = {{kEventClassCommand, kEventCommandProcess}};
  static EventHandlerUPP handle_command_eventUPP = NULL;

  if (handle_command_eventUPP == NULL)
    handle_command_eventUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP (mac_handle_command_event);
  return InstallApplicationEventHandler (handle_command_eventUPP,
					 GetEventTypeCount (specs), specs,
					 NULL, NULL);
}

static pascal OSStatus
mac_handle_window_event (next_handler, event, data)
     EventHandlerCallRef next_handler;
     EventRef event;
     void *data;
{
  WindowPtr wp;
  OSStatus result;
  UInt32 attributes;
  XSizeHints *size_hints;

  GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamDirectObject, typeWindowRef,
		     NULL, sizeof (WindowPtr), NULL, &wp);

  switch (GetEventKind (event))
    {
    case kEventWindowUpdate:
      result = CallNextEventHandler (next_handler, event);
      if (result != eventNotHandledErr)
	return result;

      do_window_update (wp);
      return noErr;

    case kEventWindowBoundsChanging:
      result = CallNextEventHandler (next_handler, event);
      if (result != eventNotHandledErr)
	return result;

      GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32,
			 NULL, sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &attributes);
      size_hints = FRAME_SIZE_HINTS (mac_window_to_frame (wp));
      if ((attributes & kWindowBoundsChangeUserResize)
	  && ((size_hints->flags & (PResizeInc | PBaseSize | PMinSize))
	      == (PResizeInc | PBaseSize | PMinSize)))
	{
	  Rect bounds;
	  int width, height;

	  GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamCurrentBounds,
			     typeQDRectangle,
			     NULL, sizeof (Rect), NULL, &bounds);
	  width = bounds.right - bounds.left;
	  height = bounds.bottom - bounds.top;

	  if (width < size_hints->min_width)
	    width = size_hints->min_width;
	  else
	    width = size_hints->base_width
	      + (int) ((width - size_hints->base_width)
		       / (float) size_hints->width_inc + .5)
	      * size_hints->width_inc;

	  if (height < size_hints->min_height)
	    height = size_hints->min_height;
	  else
	    height = size_hints->base_height
	      + (int) ((height - size_hints->base_height)
		       / (float) size_hints->height_inc + .5)
	      * size_hints->height_inc;

	  bounds.right = bounds.left + width;
	  bounds.bottom = bounds.top + height;
	  SetEventParameter (event, kEventParamCurrentBounds,
			     typeQDRectangle, sizeof (Rect), &bounds);
	  return noErr;
	}
      break;

    case kEventWindowShown:
    case kEventWindowHidden:
    case kEventWindowExpanded:
    case kEventWindowCollapsed:
      result = CallNextEventHandler (next_handler, event);

      mac_handle_visibility_change (mac_window_to_frame (wp));
      return noErr;

      break;
    }

  return eventNotHandledErr;
}

static pascal OSStatus
mac_handle_mouse_event (next_handler, event, data)
     EventHandlerCallRef next_handler;
     EventRef event;
     void *data;
{
  OSStatus result;

  switch (GetEventKind (event))
    {
    case kEventMouseWheelMoved:
      {
	WindowPtr wp;
	struct frame *f;
	EventMouseWheelAxis axis;
	SInt32 delta;
	Point point;

	result = CallNextEventHandler (next_handler, event);
	if (result != eventNotHandledErr || read_socket_inev == NULL)
	  return result;

	GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamWindowRef, typeWindowRef,
			   NULL, sizeof (WindowRef), NULL, &wp);
	f = mac_window_to_frame (wp);
	if (f != mac_focus_frame (&one_mac_display_info))
	  break;

	GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis,
			   typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL,
			   sizeof (EventMouseWheelAxis), NULL, &axis);
	if (axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY)
	  break;

	GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, typeSInt32,
			   NULL, sizeof (SInt32), NULL, &delta);
	GetEventParameter (event, kEventParamMouseLocation, typeQDPoint,
			   NULL, sizeof (Point), NULL, &point);
	read_socket_inev->kind = WHEEL_EVENT;
	read_socket_inev->code = 0;
	read_socket_inev->modifiers =
	  (mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (event)
	   | ((delta < 0) ? down_modifier : up_modifier));
	SetPortWindowPort (wp);
	GlobalToLocal (&point);
	XSETINT (read_socket_inev->x, point.h);
	XSETINT (read_socket_inev->y, point.v);
	XSETFRAME (read_socket_inev->frame_or_window, f);

	return noErr;
      }
      break;

    default:
      break;
    }

  return eventNotHandledErr;
}
#endif	/* USE_CARBON_EVENTS */


OSErr
install_window_handler (window)
     WindowPtr window;
{
  OSErr err = noErr;
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  EventTypeSpec specs_window[] =
    {{kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowUpdate},
     {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanging},
     {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowShown},
     {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowHidden},
     {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowExpanded},
     {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowCollapsed}};
  EventTypeSpec specs_mouse[] = {{kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseWheelMoved}};
  static EventHandlerUPP handle_window_eventUPP = NULL;
  static EventHandlerUPP handle_mouse_eventUPP = NULL;

  if (handle_window_eventUPP == NULL)
    handle_window_eventUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP (mac_handle_window_event);
  if (handle_mouse_eventUPP == NULL)
    handle_mouse_eventUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP (mac_handle_mouse_event);
  err = InstallWindowEventHandler (window, handle_window_eventUPP,
				   GetEventTypeCount (specs_window),
				   specs_window, NULL, NULL);
  if (err == noErr)
    err = InstallWindowEventHandler (window, handle_mouse_eventUPP,
				     GetEventTypeCount (specs_mouse),
				     specs_mouse, NULL, NULL);
#endif
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  if (mac_do_track_dragUPP == NULL)
    mac_do_track_dragUPP = NewDragTrackingHandlerUPP (mac_do_track_drag);
  if (mac_do_receive_dragUPP == NULL)
    mac_do_receive_dragUPP = NewDragReceiveHandlerUPP (mac_do_receive_drag);

  if (err == noErr)
    err = InstallTrackingHandler (mac_do_track_dragUPP, window, NULL);
  if (err == noErr)
    err = InstallReceiveHandler (mac_do_receive_dragUPP, window, NULL);
#endif
  return err;
}

void
remove_window_handler (window)
     WindowPtr window;
{
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  if (mac_do_track_dragUPP)
    RemoveTrackingHandler (mac_do_track_dragUPP, window);
  if (mac_do_receive_dragUPP)
    RemoveReceiveHandler (mac_do_receive_dragUPP, window);
#endif
}

/* Open Application Apple Event */
static pascal OSErr
do_ae_open_application(const AppleEvent *pae, AppleEvent *preply, long prefcon)
{
  return noErr;
}


/* Called when we receive an AppleEvent with an ID of
   "kAEOpenDocuments".  This routine gets the direct parameter,
   extracts the FSSpecs in it, and puts their names on a list.  */
#pragma options align=mac68k
typedef struct SelectionRange {
  short unused1; // 0 (not used)
  short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
  long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
  long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
  long unused2; // 0 (not used)
  long theDate; // modification date/time
} SelectionRange;
#pragma options align=reset

static pascal OSErr
do_ae_open_documents(AppleEvent *message, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon)
{
  OSErr err, err2;
  AEDesc the_desc;
  AEKeyword keyword;
  DescType actual_type;
  Size actual_size;
  SelectionRange position;
  Lisp_Object file_list = Qnil;

  xassert (read_socket_inev);

  err = AEGetParamDesc (message, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &the_desc);
  if (err != noErr)
    goto descriptor_error_exit;

  err = AEGetParamPtr (message, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &actual_type, &position, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actual_size);
  if (err == noErr)
    file_list = Fcons (list3 (make_number (position.lineNum + 1),
			      make_number (position.startRange + 1),
			      make_number (position.endRange + 1)),
		       file_list);

  /* Check to see that we got all of the required parameters from the
     event descriptor.  For an 'odoc' event this should just be the
     file list.  */
  err = AEGetAttributePtr(message, keyMissedKeywordAttr, typeWildCard,
			  &actual_type, (Ptr) &keyword,
                          sizeof (keyword), &actual_size);
  /* No error means that we found some unused parameters.
     errAEDescNotFound means that there are no more parameters.  If we
     get an error code other than that, flag it.  */
  if ((err == noErr) || (err != errAEDescNotFound))
    {
      err = errAEEventNotHandled;
      goto error_exit;
    }
  err = noErr;

  /* Got all the parameters we need.  Now, go through the direct
     object list and parse it up.  */
  {
    long num_files_to_open;

    err = AECountItems (&the_desc, &num_files_to_open);
    if (err == noErr)
      {
        int i;

        /* AE file list is one based so just use that for indexing here.  */
        for (i = 1; i <= num_files_to_open; i++)
	  {
	    char unix_path_name[MAXPATHLEN];
#ifdef MAC_OSX
	    FSRef fref;

	    err = AEGetNthPtr (&the_desc, i, typeFSRef, &keyword,
			       &actual_type, &fref, sizeof (FSRef),
			       &actual_size);
	    if (err != noErr || actual_type != typeFSRef)
	      continue;

	    if (FSRefMakePath (&fref, unix_path_name, sizeof (unix_path_name))
		== noErr)
#else
	    FSSpec fs;

	    err = AEGetNthPtr(&the_desc, i, typeFSS, &keyword, &actual_type,
			      (Ptr) &fs, sizeof (fs), &actual_size);
	    if (err != noErr) continue;

	    if (fsspec_to_posix_pathname (&fs, unix_path_name,
					  sizeof (unix_path_name) - 1) == noErr)
#endif
	      /* x-dnd functions expect undecoded filenames.  */
	      file_list = Fcons (make_unibyte_string (unix_path_name,
						      strlen (unix_path_name)),
				 file_list);
	  }
      }

    /* Build a DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT type event as is done in
       constuct_drag_n_drop in w32term.c.  */
    if (!NILP (file_list))
      {
	struct frame *f = mac_focus_frame (&one_mac_display_info);
	WindowPtr wp;
	Lisp_Object frame;

	read_socket_inev->kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT;
	read_socket_inev->code = 0;
	read_socket_inev->modifiers = 0;

	XSETINT (read_socket_inev->x, 0);
	XSETINT (read_socket_inev->y, 0);

	XSETFRAME (frame, f);
	read_socket_inev->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, file_list);

#if 0
	/* Regardless of whether Emacs was suspended or in the
	   foreground, ask it to redraw its entire screen.  Otherwise
	   parts of the screen can be left in an inconsistent
	   state.  */
	wp = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);
	if (wp)
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
	  {
	    Rect r;

	    GetWindowPortBounds (wp, &r);
	    InvalWindowRect (wp, &r);
	  }
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
	InvalRect (&(wp->portRect));
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
#endif
      }
  }

error_exit:
  /* Nuke the coerced file list in any case */
  err2 = AEDisposeDesc(&the_desc);

descriptor_error_exit:
  /* InvalRect(&(gFrontMacWindowP->mWP->portRect)); */
  return err;
}


#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
static pascal OSErr
mac_do_track_drag (DragTrackingMessage message, WindowPtr window,
		   void *handlerRefCon, DragReference theDrag)
{
  static int can_accept;
  short items;
  short index;
  ItemReference theItem;
  FlavorFlags theFlags;
  OSErr result;

  if (GetFrontWindowOfClass (kMovableModalWindowClass, false))
    return dragNotAcceptedErr;

  switch (message)
    {
    case kDragTrackingEnterHandler:
      CountDragItems (theDrag, &items);
      can_accept = 0;
      for (index = 1; index <= items; index++)
	{
	  GetDragItemReferenceNumber (theDrag, index, &theItem);
	  result = GetFlavorFlags (theDrag, theItem, flavorTypeHFS, &theFlags);
	  if (result == noErr)
	    {
	      can_accept = 1;
	      break;
	    }
	}
      break;

    case kDragTrackingEnterWindow:
      if (can_accept)
	{
	  RgnHandle hilite_rgn = NewRgn ();
	  Rect r;
	  struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (window);

	  GetWindowPortBounds (window, &r);
	  OffsetRect (&r, -r.left, -r.top);
	  RectRgn (hilite_rgn, &r);
	  ShowDragHilite (theDrag, hilite_rgn, true);
	  DisposeRgn (hilite_rgn);
	  SetThemeCursor (kThemeCopyArrowCursor);
	}
      break;

    case kDragTrackingInWindow:
      break;

    case kDragTrackingLeaveWindow:
      if (can_accept)
	{
	  struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (window);

	  HideDragHilite (theDrag);
	  SetThemeCursor (kThemeArrowCursor);
	}
      break;

    case kDragTrackingLeaveHandler:
      break;
    }

  return noErr;
}

static pascal OSErr
mac_do_receive_drag (WindowPtr window, void *handlerRefCon,
		     DragReference theDrag)
{
  short items;
  short index;
  FlavorFlags theFlags;
  Point mouse;
  OSErr result;
  ItemReference theItem;
  HFSFlavor data;
  Size size = sizeof (HFSFlavor);
  Lisp_Object file_list;

  if (GetFrontWindowOfClass (kMovableModalWindowClass, false))
    return dragNotAcceptedErr;

  file_list = Qnil;
  GetDragMouse (theDrag, &mouse, 0L);
  CountDragItems (theDrag, &items);
  for (index = 1; index <= items; index++)
    {
      /* Only handle file references.  */
      GetDragItemReferenceNumber (theDrag, index, &theItem);
      result = GetFlavorFlags (theDrag, theItem, flavorTypeHFS, &theFlags);
      if (result == noErr)
	{
#ifdef MAC_OSX
	  FSRef fref;
#endif
	  char unix_path_name[MAXPATHLEN];

	  GetFlavorData (theDrag, theItem, flavorTypeHFS, &data, &size, 0L);
#ifdef MAC_OSX
	  /* Use Carbon routines, otherwise it converts the file name
	     to /Macintosh HD/..., which is not correct. */
	  FSpMakeFSRef (&data.fileSpec, &fref);
	  if (! FSRefMakePath (&fref, unix_path_name, sizeof (unix_path_name)));
#else
	  if (fsspec_to_posix_pathname (&data.fileSpec, unix_path_name,
					sizeof (unix_path_name) - 1) == noErr)
#endif
	    /* x-dnd functions expect undecoded filenames.  */
            file_list = Fcons (make_unibyte_string (unix_path_name,
						    strlen (unix_path_name)),
			       file_list);
	}
    }
  /* If there are items in the list, construct an event and post it to
     the queue like an interrupt using kbd_buffer_store_event.  */
  if (!NILP (file_list))
    {
      struct input_event event;
      Lisp_Object frame;
      struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (window);
      SInt16 modifiers;

      GlobalToLocal (&mouse);
      GetDragModifiers (theDrag, NULL, NULL, &modifiers);

      event.kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT;
      event.code = 0;
      event.modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (modifiers);
      event.timestamp = TickCount () * (1000 / 60);
      XSETINT (event.x, mouse.h);
      XSETINT (event.y, mouse.v);
      XSETFRAME (frame, f);
      event.frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, file_list);
      event.arg = Qnil;
      /* Post to the interrupt queue */
      kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
      /* MAC_TODO: Mimic behavior of windows by switching contexts to Emacs */
      {
	ProcessSerialNumber psn;
	GetCurrentProcess (&psn);
	SetFrontProcess (&psn);
      }

      return noErr;
    }
  else
    return dragNotAcceptedErr;
}
#endif


/* Print Document Apple Event */
static pascal OSErr
do_ae_print_documents (const AppleEvent *pAE, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon)
{
  return errAEEventNotHandled;
}


static pascal OSErr
do_ae_quit_application (AppleEvent* message, AppleEvent *reply, long refcon)
{
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  OSErr err;
  EventRef event = NULL;
  static const HICommand quit_command = {kEventAttributeNone, kHICommandQuit};

  err = CreateEvent (NULL, kEventClassCommand, kEventCommandProcess, 0,
		     kEventAttributeUserEvent, &event);
  if (err == noErr)
    err = SetEventParameter (event, kEventParamDirectObject, typeHICommand,
			     sizeof (HICommand), &quit_command);
  if (err == noErr)
    mac_store_application_menu_event (event);
  if (event)
    ReleaseEvent (event);

  if (err == noErr)
    return noErr;
  else
    return errAEEventNotHandled;
#else
  mac_store_application_menu_event (kHICommandQuit);

  return noErr;
#endif
}


#if __profile__
void
profiler_exit_proc ()
{
  ProfilerDump ("\pEmacs.prof");
  ProfilerTerm ();
}
#endif

/* These few functions implement Emacs as a normal Mac application
   (almost): set up the heap and the Toolbox, handle necessary system
   events plus a few simple menu events.  They also set up Emacs's
   access to functions defined in the rest of this file.  Emacs uses
   function hooks to perform all its terminal I/O.  A complete list of
   these functions appear in termhooks.h.  For what they do, read the
   comments there and see also w32term.c and xterm.c.  What's
   noticeably missing here is the event loop, which is normally
   present in most Mac application.  After performing the necessary
   Mac initializations, main passes off control to emacs_main
   (corresponding to main in emacs.c).  Emacs_main calls XTread_socket
   (defined further below) to read input.  This is where
   WaitNextEvent/ReceiveNextEvent is called to process Mac events.  */

#ifdef MAC_OS8
#undef main
int
main (void)
{
#if __profile__  /* is the profiler on? */
  if (ProfilerInit(collectDetailed, bestTimeBase, 5000, 200))
    exit(1);
#endif

#if __MWERKS__
  /* set creator and type for files created by MSL */
  _fcreator = 'EMAx';
  _ftype = 'TEXT';
#endif

  do_init_managers ();

  do_get_menus ();

#ifndef USE_LSB_TAG
  do_check_ram_size ();
#endif

  init_emacs_passwd_dir ();

  init_environ ();

  initialize_applescript ();

  init_required_apple_events ();

  {
    char **argv;
    int argc = 0;

    /* set up argv array from STR# resource */
    get_string_list (&argv, ARGV_STRING_LIST_ID);
    while (argv[argc])
      argc++;

    /* free up AppleScript resources on exit */
    atexit (terminate_applescript);

#if __profile__  /* is the profiler on? */
    atexit (profiler_exit_proc);
#endif

    /* 3rd param "envp" never used in emacs_main */
    (void) emacs_main (argc, argv, 0);
  }

  /* Never reached - real exit in Fkill_emacs */
  return 0;
}
#endif

/* Table for translating Mac keycode to X keysym values.  Contributed
   by Sudhir Shenoy.
   Mapping for special keys is now identical to that in Apple X11
   except `clear' (-> <clear>) on the KeyPad, `enter' (-> <kp-enter>)
   on the right of the Cmd key on laptops, and fn + `enter' (->
   <linefeed>). */
static unsigned char keycode_to_xkeysym_table[] = {
  /*0x00*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x10*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x20*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0d /*return*/, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,

  /*0x30*/ 0x09 /*tab*/, 0 /*0x0020 space*/, 0, 0x08 /*backspace*/,
  /*0x34*/ 0x8d /*enter on laptops*/, 0x1b /*escape*/, 0, 0,
  /*0x38*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x3C*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,

  /*0x40*/ 0, 0xae /*kp-.*/, 0, 0xaa /*kp-**/,
  /*0x44*/ 0, 0xab /*kp-+*/, 0, 0x0b /*clear*/,
  /*0x48*/ 0, 0, 0, 0xaf /*kp-/*/,
  /*0x4C*/ 0x8d /*kp-enter*/, 0, 0xad /*kp--*/, 0,

  /*0x50*/ 0, 0xbd /*kp-=*/, 0xb0 /*kp-0*/, 0xb1 /*kp-1*/,
  /*0x54*/ 0xb2 /*kp-2*/, 0xb3 /*kp-3*/, 0xb4 /*kp-4*/, 0xb5 /*kp-5*/,
  /*0x58*/ 0xb6 /*kp-6*/, 0xb7 /*kp-7*/, 0, 0xb8 /*kp-8*/,
  /*0x5C*/ 0xb9 /*kp-9*/, 0, 0, 0,

  /*0x60*/ 0xc2 /*f5*/, 0xc3 /*f6*/, 0xc4 /*f7*/, 0xc0 /*f3*/,
  /*0x64*/ 0xc5 /*f8*/, 0xc6 /*f9*/, 0, 0xc8 /*f11*/,
  /*0x68*/ 0, 0xca /*f13*/, 0, 0xcb /*f14*/,
  /*0x6C*/ 0, 0xc7 /*f10*/, 0x0a /*fn+enter on laptops*/, 0xc9 /*f12*/,

  /*0x70*/ 0, 0xcc /*f15*/, 0x6a /*help*/, 0x50 /*home*/,
  /*0x74*/ 0x55 /*pgup*/, 0xff /*delete*/, 0xc1 /*f4*/, 0x57 /*end*/,
  /*0x78*/ 0xbf /*f2*/, 0x56 /*pgdown*/, 0xbe /*f1*/, 0x51 /*left*/,
  /*0x7C*/ 0x53 /*right*/, 0x54 /*down*/, 0x52 /*up*/, 0
};


static int
keycode_to_xkeysym (int keyCode, int *xKeySym)
{
  *xKeySym = keycode_to_xkeysym_table [keyCode & 0x7f];
  return *xKeySym != 0;
}

static unsigned char fn_keycode_to_xkeysym_table[] = {
  /*0x00*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x10*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x20*/ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,

  /*0x30*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x34*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x38*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x3C*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,

  /*0x40*/ 0, 0x2e /*kp-. = .*/, 0, 0x50 /*kp-* = 'p'*/,
  /*0x44*/ 0, '/' /*kp-+*/, 0, 0,
  /*0x48*/ 0, 0, 0, 0x30 /*kp-/ = '0'*/,
  /*0x4C*/ 0, 0, 0x3b /*kp-- = ';'*/, 0,

  /*0x50*/ 0, 0x2d /*kp-= = '-'*/, 0x6d /*kp-0 = 'm'*/, 0x6a /*kp-1 = 'j'*/,
  /*0x54*/ 0x6b /*kp-2 = 'k'*/, 0x6c /*kp-3 = 'l'*/, 'u' /*kp-4*/, 'i' /*kp-5*/,
  /*0x58*/ 'o' /*kp-6*/, '7' /*kp-7*/, 0, '8' /*kp-8*/,
  /*0x5C*/ '9' /*kp-9*/, 0, 0, 0,

  /*0x60*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x64*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x68*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x6C*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,

  /*0x70*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x74*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x78*/ 0, 0, 0, 0,
  /*0x7C*/ 0, 0, 0, 0
};
static int
convert_fn_keycode (EventRef eventRef, int keyCode, int *newCode)
{
#ifdef MAC_OSX
  /* Use the special map to translate keys when function modifier is
     to be caught. KeyTranslate can't be used in that case.
     We can't detect the function key using the input_event.modifiers,
     because this uses the high word of an UInt32. Therefore,
     we'll just read it out of the original eventRef.
  */


  /* TODO / known issues

  - Fn-Shift-j is regonized as Fn-j and not Fn-J.
  The above table always translates to lower characters. We need to use
  the KCHR keyboard resource (KeyTranslate() ) to map k->K and 8->*.

  - The table is meant for English language keyboards, and it will work
  for many others with the exception of key combinations like Fn-ö on
  a German keyboard, which is currently mapped to Fn-;.
  How to solve this without keeping separate tables for all keyboards
  around? KeyTranslate isn't of much help here, as it only takes a 16-bit
  value for keycode with the modifiers in he high byte, i.e. no room for the
  Fn modifier. That's why we need the table.

  */

  UInt32 mods = 0;
  if (!NILP(Vmac_function_modifier))
    {
      GetEventParameter (eventRef, kEventParamKeyModifiers, typeUInt32, NULL,
			 sizeof (UInt32), NULL, &mods);
      if (mods & kEventKeyModifierFnMask)
	{  *newCode = fn_keycode_to_xkeysym_table [keyCode & 0x7f];

	  return (*newCode != 0);
	}
    }
#endif
  return false;
}

static int
backtranslate_modified_keycode(int mods, int keycode, int def)
{
  if  (mods &
       (controlKey |
	(NILP (Vmac_option_modifier) ? 0 : optionKey) |
	cmdKey))
    {
      /* This code comes from Keyboard Resource,
	 Appendix C of IM - Text.  This is necessary
	 since shift is ignored in KCHR table
	 translation when option or command is pressed.
	 It also does not translate correctly
	 control-shift chars like C-% so mask off shift
	 here also.

	 Not done for combinations with the option key (alt)
	 unless it is to be caught by Emacs:  this is
	 to preserve key combinations translated by the OS
	 such as Alt-3.
      */
      /* mask off option and command */
      int new_modifiers = mods & 0xe600;
      /* set high byte of keycode to modifier high byte*/
      int new_keycode = keycode | new_modifiers;
      Ptr kchr_ptr = (Ptr) GetScriptManagerVariable (smKCHRCache);
      unsigned long some_state = 0;
      return (int) KeyTranslate (kchr_ptr, new_keycode,
			   &some_state) & 0xff;
      /* TO DO: Recognize two separate resulting characters, "for
	 example, when the user presses Option-E followed by N, you
	 can map this through the KeyTranslate function using the
	 U.S. 'KCHR' resource to produce ´n, which KeyTranslate
	 returns as two characters in the bytes labeled Character code
	 1 and Character code 2." (from Carbon API doc) */

    }
  else
    return def;
}


#if !USE_CARBON_EVENTS
static RgnHandle mouse_region = NULL;

Boolean
mac_wait_next_event (er, sleep_time, dequeue)
     EventRecord *er;
     UInt32 sleep_time;
     Boolean dequeue;
{
  static EventRecord er_buf = {nullEvent};
  UInt32 target_tick, current_tick;
  EventMask event_mask;

  if (mouse_region == NULL)
    mouse_region = NewRgn ();

  event_mask = everyEvent;
  if (NILP (Fboundp (Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop)))
    event_mask -= highLevelEventMask;

  current_tick = TickCount ();
  target_tick = current_tick + sleep_time;

  if (er_buf.what == nullEvent)
    while (!WaitNextEvent (event_mask, &er_buf,
			   target_tick - current_tick, mouse_region))
      {
	current_tick = TickCount ();
	if (target_tick <= current_tick)
	  return false;
      }

  *er = er_buf;
  if (dequeue)
    er_buf.what = nullEvent;
  return true;
}
#endif /* not USE_CARBON_EVENTS */

/* Emacs calls this whenever it wants to read an input event from the
   user. */
int
XTread_socket (sd, expected, hold_quit)
     int sd, expected;
     struct input_event *hold_quit;
{
  struct input_event inev;
  int count = 0;
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  EventRef eventRef;
  EventTargetRef toolbox_dispatcher;
#endif
  EventRecord er;
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_mac_display_info;

  if (interrupt_input_blocked)
    {
      interrupt_input_pending = 1;
      return -1;
    }

  interrupt_input_pending = 0;
  BLOCK_INPUT;

  /* So people can tell when we have read the available input.  */
  input_signal_count++;

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  toolbox_dispatcher = GetEventDispatcherTarget ();

  while (!ReceiveNextEvent (0, NULL, kEventDurationNoWait,
			    kEventRemoveFromQueue, &eventRef))
#else /* !USE_CARBON_EVENTS */
  while (mac_wait_next_event (&er, 0, true))
#endif /* !USE_CARBON_EVENTS */
    {
      int do_help = 0;
      struct frame *f;
      unsigned long timestamp;

      /* It is necessary to set this (additional) argument slot of an
	 event to nil because keyboard.c protects incompletely
	 processed event from being garbage collected by placing them
	 in the kbd_buffer_gcpro vector.  */
      EVENT_INIT (inev);
      inev.kind = NO_EVENT;
      inev.arg = Qnil;

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
      timestamp = GetEventTime (eventRef) / kEventDurationMillisecond;
#else
      timestamp = er.when * (1000 / 60); /* ticks to milliseconds */
#endif

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
      /* Handle new events */
      if (!mac_convert_event_ref (eventRef, &er))
	{
	  /* There used to be a handler for the kEventMouseWheelMoved
	     event here.  But as of Mac OS X 10.4, this kind of event
	     is not directly posted to the main event queue by
	     two-finger scrolling on the trackpad.  Instead, some
	     private event is posted and it is converted to a wheel
	     event by the default handler for the application target.
	     The converted one can be received by a Carbon event
	     handler installed on a window target.  */
	  read_socket_inev = &inev;
	  SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, toolbox_dispatcher);
	  read_socket_inev = NULL;
	}
      else
#endif /* USE_CARBON_EVENTS */
      switch (er.what)
	{
	case mouseDown:
	case mouseUp:
	  {
	    WindowPtr window_ptr;
	    ControlPartCode part_code;
	    int tool_bar_p = 0;

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
	    /* This is needed to send mouse events like aqua window
	       buttons to the correct handler.  */
	    if (SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, toolbox_dispatcher)
		!= eventNotHandledErr)
	      break;
#endif
	    last_mouse_glyph_frame = 0;

	    if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
		&& FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
	      {
		window_ptr = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame);
		part_code = inContent;
	      }
	    else
	      {
		part_code = FindWindow (er.where, &window_ptr);
		if (tip_window && window_ptr == tip_window)
		  {
		    HideWindow (tip_window);
		    part_code = FindWindow (er.where, &window_ptr);
		  }
	      }

	    if (er.what != mouseDown &&
		(part_code != inContent	|| dpyinfo->grabbed == 0))
	      break;

	    switch (part_code)
	      {
	      case inMenuBar:
		f = mac_focus_frame (dpyinfo);
		saved_menu_event_location = er.where;
		inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT;
		XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f);
		break;

	      case inContent:
		if (window_ptr != FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (mac_focus_frame (dpyinfo)))
		  SelectWindow (window_ptr);
		else
		  {
		    ControlPartCode control_part_code;
		    ControlHandle ch;
		    Point mouse_loc = er.where;
#ifdef MAC_OSX
		    ControlKind control_kind;
#endif

		    f = mac_window_to_frame (window_ptr);
		    /* convert to local coordinates of new window */
		    SetPortWindowPort (window_ptr);

		    GlobalToLocal (&mouse_loc);
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
		    ch = FindControlUnderMouse (mouse_loc, window_ptr,
						&control_part_code);
#ifdef MAC_OSX
		    if (ch)
		      GetControlKind (ch, &control_kind);
#endif
#else
		    control_part_code = FindControl (mouse_loc, window_ptr,
						     &ch);
#endif

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
		    inev.code = mac_get_mouse_btn (eventRef);
		    inev.modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef);
#else
		    inev.code = mac_get_emulated_btn (er.modifiers);
		    inev.modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers);
#endif
		    XSETINT (inev.x, mouse_loc.h);
		    XSETINT (inev.y, mouse_loc.v);

		    if (dpyinfo->grabbed && tracked_scroll_bar
			|| ch != 0
#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
			/* control_part_code becomes kControlNoPart if
 			   a progress indicator is clicked.  */
			&& control_part_code != kControlNoPart
#else  /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
#ifdef MAC_OSX
			&& control_kind.kind == kControlKindScrollBar
#endif	/* MAC_OSX */
#endif	/* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
			)
		      {
			struct scroll_bar *bar;

			if (dpyinfo->grabbed && tracked_scroll_bar)
			  {
			    bar = tracked_scroll_bar;
#ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
			    control_part_code = kControlIndicatorPart;
#endif
			  }
			else
			  bar = (struct scroll_bar *) GetControlReference (ch);
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
			/* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work
			   for toolkit scroll bars.  */
			if (er.modifiers & controlKey)
			  x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, control_part_code,
						     &er, &inev);
			else if (er.what == mouseDown)
			  x_scroll_bar_handle_press (bar, control_part_code,
						     &inev);
			else
			  x_scroll_bar_handle_release (bar, &inev);
#else  /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
			x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, control_part_code,
						   &er, &inev);
			if (er.what == mouseDown
			    && control_part_code == kControlIndicatorPart)
			  tracked_scroll_bar = bar;
			else
			  tracked_scroll_bar = NULL;
#endif  /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
		      }
		    else
		      {
			Lisp_Object window;
			int x = mouse_loc.h;
			int y = mouse_loc.v;

			window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 1);
			if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
			  {
			    if (er.what == mouseDown)
			      handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 1, 0);
			    else
			      handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 0,
						     inev.modifiers);
			    tool_bar_p = 1;
			  }
			else
			  {
			    XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f);
			    inev.kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT;
			  }
		      }

		    if (er.what == mouseDown)
		      {
			dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << inev.code);
			last_mouse_frame = f;

			if (!tool_bar_p)
			  last_tool_bar_item = -1;
		      }
		    else
		      {
			if ((dpyinfo->grabbed & (1 << inev.code)) == 0)
			  /* If a button is released though it was not
			     previously pressed, that would be because
			     of multi-button emulation.  */
			  dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
			else
			  dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << inev.code);
		      }

		    /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before
		       this event; any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs
		       events should reflect only motion after the
		       ButtonPress.  */
		    if (f != 0)
		      f->mouse_moved = 0;

#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
		    if (inev.kind == MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT)
#endif
		      switch (er.what)
			{
			case mouseDown:
			  inev.modifiers |= down_modifier;
			  break;
			case mouseUp:
			  inev.modifiers |= up_modifier;
			  break;
			}
		  }
		break;

	      case inDrag:
#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
		DragWindow (window_ptr, er.where, NULL);
#else /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
		DragWindow (window_ptr, er.where, &qd.screenBits.bounds);
#endif /* not TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON */
		/* Update the frame parameters.  */
		{
		  struct frame *f = mac_window_to_frame (window_ptr);

		  if (f && !f->async_iconified)
		    x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos);
		}
		break;

	      case inGoAway:
		if (TrackGoAway (window_ptr, er.where))
		  {
		    inev.kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT;
		    XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window,
			       mac_window_to_frame (window_ptr));
		  }
		break;

		/* window resize handling added --ben */
	      case inGrow:
		do_grow_window (window_ptr, &er);
		break;

		/* window zoom handling added --ben */
	      case inZoomIn:
	      case inZoomOut:
		if (TrackBox (window_ptr, er.where, part_code))
		  do_zoom_window (window_ptr, part_code);
		break;

	      default:
		break;
	      }
	  }
	  break;

	case updateEvt:
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
	  if (SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, toolbox_dispatcher)
	      != eventNotHandledErr)
	    break;
#else
	  do_window_update ((WindowPtr) er.message);
#endif
	  break;

	case osEvt:
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
	  if (SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, toolbox_dispatcher)
	      != eventNotHandledErr)
	    break;
#endif
	  switch ((er.message >> 24) & 0x000000FF)
	    {
	    case suspendResumeMessage:
	      if ((er.message & resumeFlag) == 1)
		do_app_resume ();
	      else
		do_app_suspend ();
	      break;

	    case mouseMovedMessage:
#if !USE_CARBON_EVENTS
	      SetRectRgn (mouse_region, er.where.h, er.where.v,
			  er.where.h + 1, er.where.v + 1);
#endif
	      previous_help_echo_string = help_echo_string;
	      help_echo_string = Qnil;

	      if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
		  && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
		f = last_mouse_frame;
	      else
		f = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame;

	      if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
		{
		  dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
		  clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
		}

	      if (f)
		{
		  WindowPtr wp = FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f);
		  Point mouse_pos = er.where;

		  SetPortWindowPort (wp);

		  GlobalToLocal (&mouse_pos);

		  if (dpyinfo->grabbed && tracked_scroll_bar)
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
		    x_scroll_bar_handle_drag (wp, tracked_scroll_bar,
					      mouse_pos, &inev);
#else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
		    x_scroll_bar_note_movement (tracked_scroll_bar,
						mouse_pos.v
						- XINT (tracked_scroll_bar->top),
						er.when * (1000 / 60));
#endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
		  else
		    {
		      /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.  */
		      if (mouse_autoselect_window)
			{
			  Lisp_Object window;

			  window = window_from_coordinates (f,
							    mouse_pos.h,
							    mouse_pos.v,
							    0, 0, 0, 0);

			  /* Window will be selected only when it is
			     not selected now and last mouse movement
			     event was not in it.  Minibuffer window
			     will be selected iff it is active.  */
			  if (WINDOWP (window)
			      && !EQ (window, last_window)
			      && !EQ (window, selected_window))
			    {
			      inev.kind = SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT;
			      inev.frame_or_window = window;
			    }

			  last_window=window;
			}
		      if (!note_mouse_movement (f, &mouse_pos))
			help_echo_string = previous_help_echo_string;
		    }
		}

	      /* If the contents of the global variable
		 help_echo_string has changed, generate a
		 HELP_EVENT.  */
	      if (!NILP (help_echo_string) || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string))
		do_help = 1;
	      break;
	    }
	  break;

	case activateEvt:
	  {
	    WindowPtr window_ptr = (WindowPtr) er.message;

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
	    if (SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, toolbox_dispatcher)
		!= eventNotHandledErr)
	      break;
#endif
	    if (window_ptr == tip_window)
	      {
		HideWindow (tip_window);
		break;
	      }

	    if (!is_emacs_window (window_ptr))
	      break;

	    if ((er.modifiers & activeFlag) != 0)
	      {
		/* A window has been activated */
		Point mouse_loc = er.where;

		x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &er, &inev);

		SetPortWindowPort (window_ptr);
		GlobalToLocal (&mouse_loc);
		/* Window-activated event counts as mouse movement,
		   so update things that depend on mouse position.  */
		note_mouse_movement (mac_window_to_frame (window_ptr),
				     &mouse_loc);
	      }
	    else
	      {
		/* A window has been deactivated */
#if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
		if (dpyinfo->grabbed && tracked_scroll_bar)
		  {
		    struct input_event event;

		    EVENT_INIT (event);
		    event.kind = NO_EVENT;
		    x_scroll_bar_handle_release (tracked_scroll_bar, &event);
		    if (event.kind != NO_EVENT)
		      {
			event.timestamp = timestamp;
			kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&event, hold_quit);
			count++;
		      }
		  }
#endif
		dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;

		x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &er, &inev);

		f = mac_window_to_frame (window_ptr);
		if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
		  {
		    /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
		       certainly no longer on any text in the
		       frame.  */
		    clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
		    dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
		  }

		/* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
		   Do it only if there's something to cancel.
		   Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when the
		   mouse leaves the frame.  */
		if (any_help_event_p)
		  do_help = -1;
	      }
	  }
	  break;

	case keyDown:
	case autoKey:
	  {
	    int keycode = (er.message & keyCodeMask) >> 8;
	    int xkeysym;

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS && defined (MAC_OSX)
	    /* When using Carbon Events, we need to pass raw keyboard
	       events to the TSM ourselves.  If TSM handles it, it
	       will pass back noErr, otherwise it will pass back
	       "eventNotHandledErr" and we can process it
	       normally.  */
	    if ((!NILP (Vmac_pass_command_to_system)
		 || !(er.modifiers & cmdKey))
		&& (!NILP (Vmac_pass_control_to_system)
		    || !(er.modifiers & controlKey))
		&& (NILP (Vmac_option_modifier)
		    || !(er.modifiers & optionKey)))
	      if (SendEventToEventTarget (eventRef, toolbox_dispatcher)
		  != eventNotHandledErr)
		break;
#endif

#if 0
	    if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame == NULL)
	      {
		/* Beep if keyboard input occurs when all the frames
		   are invisible.  */
		SysBeep (1);
		break;
	      }
#endif

	    {
	      static SInt16 last_key_script = -1;
	      SInt16 current_key_script = GetScriptManagerVariable (smKeyScript);

	      if (last_key_script != current_key_script)
		{
		  struct input_event event;

		  EVENT_INIT (event);
		  event.kind = LANGUAGE_CHANGE_EVENT;
		  event.arg = Qnil;
		  event.code = current_key_script;
		  event.timestamp = timestamp;
		  kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
		  count++;
		}
	      last_key_script = current_key_script;
	    }

	    ObscureCursor ();

	    if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
	      {
		clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
		dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
	      }

	    /* translate the keycode back to determine the original key */
	    /* Convert key code if function key is pressed.
	       Otherwise, if non-ASCII-event, take care of that
	       without re-translating the key code. */
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
	    if (convert_fn_keycode (eventRef, keycode, &xkeysym))
	      {
		inev.code = xkeysym;
		/* this doesn't work - tried to add shift modifiers */
		  inev.code =
		    backtranslate_modified_keycode(er.modifiers & (~0x2200),
						   xkeysym | 0x80,  xkeysym);
		inev.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
	      }
	    else
#endif
	      if (keycode_to_xkeysym (keycode, &xkeysym))
		{
		  inev.code = 0xff00 | xkeysym;
		  inev.kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
		}
	      else
		{

		  inev.code =
		    backtranslate_modified_keycode(er.modifiers, keycode,
						   er.message & charCodeMask);
		  inev.kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;

		}
	  }

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
	  inev.modifiers = mac_event_to_emacs_modifiers (eventRef);
#else
	  inev.modifiers = mac_to_emacs_modifiers (er.modifiers);
#endif
	  inev.modifiers |= (extra_keyboard_modifiers
			     & (meta_modifier | alt_modifier
				| hyper_modifier | super_modifier));
	  XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, mac_focus_frame (dpyinfo));
	  break;

	case kHighLevelEvent:
	  read_socket_inev = &inev;
	  AEProcessAppleEvent (&er);
	  read_socket_inev = NULL;
	  break;

	default:
	  break;
	}
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
      ReleaseEvent (eventRef);
#endif

      if (inev.kind != NO_EVENT)
	{
	  inev.timestamp = timestamp;
	  kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev, hold_quit);
	  count++;
	}

      if (do_help
	  && !(hold_quit && hold_quit->kind != NO_EVENT))
	{
	  Lisp_Object frame;

	  if (f)
	    XSETFRAME (frame, f);
	  else
	    frame = Qnil;

	  if (do_help > 0)
	    {
	      any_help_event_p = 1;
	      gen_help_event (help_echo_string, frame, help_echo_window,
			      help_echo_object, help_echo_pos);
	    }
	  else
	    {
	      help_echo_string = Qnil;
	      gen_help_event (Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
	    }
	  count++;
	}

    }

  /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
     raise it now.  */
  /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame.  */
  if (pending_autoraise_frame)
    {
      x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
      pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
    }

#if !USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  /* Check which frames are still visible.  We do this here because
     there doesn't seem to be any direct notification from the Window
     Manager that the visibility of a window has changed (at least,
     not in all cases).  */
  {
    Lisp_Object tail, frame;

    FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
      {
	struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);

	/* The tooltip has been drawn already.  Avoid the
	   SET_FRAME_GARBAGED in mac_handle_visibility_change.  */
	if (EQ (frame, tip_frame))
	  continue;

	if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
	  mac_handle_visibility_change (f);
      }
  }
#endif

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
  return count;
}


/* Need to override CodeWarrior's input function so no conversion is
   done on newlines Otherwise compiled functions in .elc files will be
   read incorrectly.  Defined in ...:MSL C:MSL
   Common:Source:buffer_io.c.  */
#ifdef __MWERKS__
void
__convert_to_newlines (unsigned char * p, size_t * n)
{
#pragma unused(p,n)
}

void
__convert_from_newlines (unsigned char * p, size_t * n)
{
#pragma unused(p,n)
}
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OS8
void
make_mac_terminal_frame (struct frame *f)
{
  Lisp_Object frame;
  Rect r;

  XSETFRAME (frame, f);

  f->output_method = output_mac;
  f->output_data.mac = (struct mac_output *)
    xmalloc (sizeof (struct mac_output));
  bzero (f->output_data.mac, sizeof (struct mac_output));

  XSETFRAME (FRAME_KBOARD (f)->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame, f);

  FRAME_COLS (f) = 96;
  FRAME_LINES (f) = 4;

  FRAME_CAN_HAVE_SCROLL_BARS (f) = 1;
  FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f) = vertical_scroll_bar_right;

  FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) = FILLED_BOX_CURSOR;

  f->output_data.mac->cursor_pixel = 0;
  f->output_data.mac->border_pixel = 0x00ff00;
  f->output_data.mac->mouse_pixel = 0xff00ff;
  f->output_data.mac->cursor_foreground_pixel = 0x0000ff;

  f->output_data.mac->text_cursor = kThemeIBeamCursor;
  f->output_data.mac->nontext_cursor = kThemeArrowCursor;
  f->output_data.mac->modeline_cursor = kThemeArrowCursor;
  f->output_data.mac->hand_cursor = kThemePointingHandCursor;
  f->output_data.mac->hourglass_cursor = kThemeWatchCursor;
  f->output_data.mac->horizontal_drag_cursor = kThemeResizeLeftRightCursor;

  FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
  f->output_data.mac->explicit_parent = 0;
  f->left_pos = 8;
  f->top_pos = 32;
  f->border_width = 0;

  f->internal_border_width = 0;

  f->auto_raise = 1;
  f->auto_lower = 1;

  f->new_text_cols = 0;
  f->new_text_lines = 0;

  SetRect (&r, f->left_pos, f->top_pos,
           f->left_pos + FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f),
           f->top_pos + FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f));

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (!(FRAME_MAC_WINDOW (f) =
	NewCWindow (NULL, &r, "\p", true, dBoxProc,
		    (WindowPtr) -1, 1, (long) f->output_data.mac)))
    abort ();
  /* so that update events can find this mac_output struct */
  f->output_data.mac->mFP = f;  /* point back to emacs frame */

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  x_make_gc (f);

  /* Need to be initialized for unshow_buffer in window.c.  */
  selected_window = f->selected_window;

  Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
                            Fcons (Fcons (Qfont,
                                          build_string ("-*-monaco-medium-r-*--*-90-*-*-*-*-mac-roman")), Qnil));
  Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
                            Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color,
                                          build_string ("black")), Qnil));
  Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
                            Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color,
                                          build_string ("white")), Qnil));
}
#endif


/***********************************************************************
			    Initialization
 ***********************************************************************/

int mac_initialized = 0;

void
mac_initialize_display_info ()
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_mac_display_info;
  GDHandle main_device_handle;

  bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));

#ifdef MAC_OSX
  dpyinfo->mac_id_name
    = (char *) xmalloc (SCHARS (Vinvocation_name)
			+ SCHARS (Vsystem_name)
			+ 2);
  sprintf (dpyinfo->mac_id_name, "%s@%s",
	   SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name));
#else
  dpyinfo->mac_id_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("Mac Display") + 1);
  strcpy (dpyinfo->mac_id_name, "Mac Display");
#endif

  main_device_handle = LMGetMainDevice();

  dpyinfo->reference_count = 0;
  dpyinfo->resx = 72.0;
  dpyinfo->resy = 72.0;
  dpyinfo->color_p = TestDeviceAttribute (main_device_handle, gdDevType);
#ifdef MAC_OSX
  /* HasDepth returns true if it is possible to have a 32 bit display,
     but this may not be what is actually used.  Mac OSX can do better.
     CGMainDisplayID is only available on OSX 10.2 and higher, but the
     header for CGGetActiveDisplayList says that the first display returned
     is the active one, so we use that.  */
  {
    CGDirectDisplayID disp_id[1];
    CGDisplayCount disp_count;
    CGDisplayErr error_code;

    error_code = CGGetActiveDisplayList (1, disp_id, &disp_count);
    if (error_code != 0)
      error ("No display found, CGGetActiveDisplayList error %d", error_code);

    dpyinfo->n_planes = CGDisplayBitsPerPixel (disp_id[0]);
  }
#else
  for (dpyinfo->n_planes = 32; dpyinfo->n_planes > 0; dpyinfo->n_planes >>= 1)
    if (HasDepth (main_device_handle, dpyinfo->n_planes,
		  gdDevType, dpyinfo->color_p))
      break;
#endif
  dpyinfo->height = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.bottom;
  dpyinfo->width = (**main_device_handle).gdRect.right;
  dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
  dpyinfo->root_window = NULL;
  dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();

  dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
  dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
}


static XrmDatabase
mac_make_rdb (xrm_option)
     char *xrm_option;
{
  XrmDatabase database;

  database = xrm_get_preference_database (NULL);
  if (xrm_option)
    xrm_merge_string_database (database, xrm_option);

  return database;
}

struct mac_display_info *
mac_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
     Lisp_Object display_name;
     char *xrm_option;
     char *resource_name;
{
  struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo;

  BLOCK_INPUT;

  if (!mac_initialized)
    {
      mac_initialize ();
      mac_initialized = 1;
    }

  if (x_display_list)
    error ("Sorry, this version can only handle one display");

  mac_initialize_display_info ();

  dpyinfo = &one_mac_display_info;

  dpyinfo->xrdb = mac_make_rdb (xrm_option);

  /* Put this display on the chain.  */
  dpyinfo->next = x_display_list;
  x_display_list = dpyinfo;

  /* Put it on x_display_name_list.  */
  x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name,
				      Fcons (Qnil, dpyinfo->xrdb)),
                               x_display_name_list);
  dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (x_display_name_list);

  UNBLOCK_INPUT;

  return dpyinfo;
}
/* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone.  */

void
x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
     struct mac_display_info *dpyinfo;
{
  int i;

  /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
     We can't use Fdelq because that can quit.  */
  if (! NILP (x_display_name_list)
      && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
    x_display_name_list = XCDR (x_display_name_list);
  else
    {
      Lisp_Object tail;

      tail = x_display_name_list;
      while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
	{
	  if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
	    {
	      XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail)));
	      break;
	    }
	  tail = XCDR (tail);
	}
    }

  if (x_display_list == dpyinfo)
    x_display_list = dpyinfo->next;
  else
    {
      struct x_display_info *tail;

      for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next)
	if (tail->next == dpyinfo)
	  tail->next = tail->next->next;
    }

  /* Free the font names in the font table.  */
  for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
    if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
      {
	if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name != dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name)
	  xfree (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name);
	xfree (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name);
      }

  if (dpyinfo->font_table->font_encoder)
    xfree (dpyinfo->font_table->font_encoder);

  xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
  xfree (dpyinfo->mac_id_name);

  if (x_display_list == 0)
    {
      mac_clear_font_name_table ();
      bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
    }
}


#ifdef MAC_OSX
void
mac_check_bundle()
{
  extern int inhibit_window_system;
  extern int noninteractive;
  CFBundleRef appsBundle;
  pid_t child;

  /* No need to test if already -nw*/
  if (inhibit_window_system || noninteractive)
    return;

  appsBundle = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
  if (appsBundle != NULL)
    {
      CFStringRef cfBI = CFSTR("CFBundleIdentifier");
      CFTypeRef res = CFBundleGetValueForInfoDictionaryKey(appsBundle, cfBI);
      /* We found the bundle identifier, now we know we are valid. */
      if (res != NULL)
	{
	  CFRelease(res);
	  return;
	}
    }
  /* MAC_TODO:  Have this start the bundled executable */

  /* For now, prevent the fatal error by bringing it up in the terminal */
  inhibit_window_system = 1;
}

void
MakeMeTheFrontProcess ()
{
  ProcessSerialNumber psn;
  OSErr err;

  err = GetCurrentProcess (&psn);
  if (err == noErr)
    (void) SetFrontProcess (&psn);
}

/***** Code to handle C-g testing  *****/

/* Contains the Mac modifier formed from quit_char */
int mac_quit_char_modifiers = 0;
int mac_quit_char_keycode;
extern int quit_char;

static void
mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers()
{
  /* Todo: Determine modifiers from quit_char. */
  UInt32 qc_modifiers = ctrl_modifier;

  /* Map modifiers */
  mac_quit_char_modifiers = 0;
  if (qc_modifiers & ctrl_modifier)  mac_quit_char_modifiers |= controlKey;
  if (qc_modifiers & shift_modifier) mac_quit_char_modifiers |= shiftKey;
  if (qc_modifiers & alt_modifier)   mac_quit_char_modifiers |= optionKey;
}

static void
init_quit_char_handler ()
{
  /* TODO: Let this support keys other the 'g' */
  mac_quit_char_keycode = 5;
  /* Look at <architecture/adb_kb_map.h> for details */
  /* http://gemma.apple.com/techpubs/mac/Toolbox/Toolbox-40.html#MARKER-9-184*/

  mac_determine_quit_char_modifiers();
}
#endif	/* MAC_OSX */

static void
init_menu_bar ()
{
#ifdef MAC_OSX
  OSErr err;
  MenuRef menu;
  MenuItemIndex menu_index;

  err = GetIndMenuItemWithCommandID (NULL, kHICommandQuit, 1,
				     &menu, &menu_index);
  if (err == noErr)
    SetMenuItemCommandKey (menu, menu_index, false, 0);
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  EnableMenuCommand (NULL, kHICommandPreferences);
  err = GetIndMenuItemWithCommandID (NULL, kHICommandPreferences, 1,
				     &menu, &menu_index);
  if (err == noErr)
    {
      SetMenuItemCommandKey (menu, menu_index, false, 0);
      InsertMenuItemTextWithCFString (menu, NULL,
				      0, kMenuItemAttrSeparator, 0);
      InsertMenuItemTextWithCFString (menu, CFSTR ("About Emacs"),
				      0, 0, kHICommandAbout);
    }
#endif	/* USE_CARBON_EVENTS */
#else	/* !MAC_OSX */
#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  SetMenuItemCommandID (GetMenuHandle (M_APPLE), I_ABOUT, kHICommandAbout);
#endif
#endif
}


/* Set up use of X before we make the first connection.  */

extern frame_parm_handler mac_frame_parm_handlers[];

static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface =
{
  mac_frame_parm_handlers,
  x_produce_glyphs,
  x_write_glyphs,
  x_insert_glyphs,
  x_clear_end_of_line,
  x_scroll_run,
  x_after_update_window_line,
  x_update_window_begin,
  x_update_window_end,
  x_cursor_to,
  x_flush,
  0, /* flush_display_optional */
  x_clear_window_mouse_face,
  x_get_glyph_overhangs,
  x_fix_overlapping_area,
  x_draw_fringe_bitmap,
  0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
  0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
  mac_per_char_metric,
  mac_encode_char,
  mac_compute_glyph_string_overhangs,
  x_draw_glyph_string,
  mac_define_frame_cursor,
  mac_clear_frame_area,
  mac_draw_window_cursor,
  mac_draw_vertical_window_border,
  mac_shift_glyphs_for_insert
};

void
mac_initialize ()
{
  rif = &x_redisplay_interface;

  clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame;
  ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines;
  delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs;
  ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell;
  reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes;
  set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes;
  update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
  update_end_hook = x_update_end;
  set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window;
  read_socket_hook = XTread_socket;
  frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date;
  mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position;
  frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight;
  frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower;

  set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar;
  condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars;
  redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar;
  judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars;

  scroll_region_ok = 1;         /* we'll scroll partial frames */
  char_ins_del_ok = 1;
  line_ins_del_ok = 1;          /* we'll just blt 'em */
  fast_clear_end_of_line = 1;   /* X does this well */
  memory_below_frame = 0;       /* we don't remember what scrolls
				   off the bottom */
  baud_rate = 19200;

  last_tool_bar_item = -1;
  any_help_event_p = 0;

  /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling.  */
  Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil);

  BLOCK_INPUT;

#if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
  init_required_apple_events ();

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
#ifdef MAC_OSX
  init_service_handler ();

  init_quit_char_handler ();
#endif	/* MAC_OSX */

  init_command_handler ();

  init_menu_bar ();
#endif	/* USE_CARBON_EVENTS */

#ifdef MAC_OSX
  if (!inhibit_window_system)
    MakeMeTheFrontProcess ();
#endif
#endif
  UNBLOCK_INPUT;
}


void
syms_of_macterm ()
{
#if 0
  staticpro (&x_error_message_string);
  x_error_message_string = Qnil;
#endif

  Qmodifier_value = intern ("modifier-value");
  Qctrl = intern ("ctrl");
  Fput (Qctrl, Qmodifier_value, make_number (ctrl_modifier));
  Qmeta = intern ("meta");
  Fput (Qmeta, Qmodifier_value, make_number (meta_modifier));
  Qalt = intern ("alt");
  Fput (Qalt, Qmodifier_value, make_number (alt_modifier));
  Qhyper = intern ("hyper");
  Fput (Qhyper, Qmodifier_value, make_number (hyper_modifier));
  Qsuper = intern ("super");
  Fput (Qsuper, Qmodifier_value, make_number (super_modifier));

  Qapplication = intern ("application");  staticpro (&Qapplication);
  Qabout       = intern ("about");	  staticpro (&Qabout);

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS && defined (MAC_OSX)
  Qpreferences = intern ("preferences");  staticpro (&Qpreferences);
  Qservices    = intern ("services");	  staticpro (&Qservices);
  Qpaste       = intern ("paste");	  staticpro (&Qpaste);
  Qperform     = intern ("perform");	  staticpro (&Qperform);
#endif

#ifdef MAC_OSX
  Fprovide (intern ("mac-carbon"), Qnil);
#endif

  staticpro (&Qreverse);
  Qreverse = intern ("reverse");

  staticpro (&Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop);
  Qmac_ready_for_drag_n_drop = intern ("mac-ready-for-drag-n-drop");

  staticpro (&x_display_name_list);
  x_display_name_list = Qnil;

  staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
  last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;

  staticpro (&fm_font_family_alist);
  fm_font_family_alist = Qnil;

#if USE_ATSUI
  staticpro (&atsu_font_id_hash);
  atsu_font_id_hash = Qnil;
#endif

  DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars,
	       doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.  */);
#ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
  Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt;
#else
  Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qnil;
#endif

  staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
  last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;



/* Variables to configure modifier key assignment.  */

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-control-modifier", &Vmac_control_modifier,
    doc: /* Modifier key assumed when the Mac control key is pressed.
The value can be `alt', `ctrl', `hyper', or `super' for the respective
modifier.  The default is `ctrl'.  */);
  Vmac_control_modifier = Qctrl;

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-option-modifier", &Vmac_option_modifier,
    doc: /* Modifier key assumed when the Mac alt/option key is pressed.
The value can be `alt', `ctrl', `hyper', or `super' for the respective
modifier.  If the value is nil then the key will act as the normal
Mac control modifier, and the option key can be used to compose
characters depending on the chosen Mac keyboard setting. */);
  Vmac_option_modifier = Qnil;

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-command-modifier", &Vmac_command_modifier,
    doc: /* Modifier key assumed when the Mac command key is pressed.
The value can be `alt', `ctrl', `hyper', or `super' for the respective
modifier. The default is `meta'. */);
  Vmac_command_modifier = Qmeta;

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-function-modifier", &Vmac_function_modifier,
    doc: /* Modifier key assumed when the Mac function key is pressed.
The value can be `alt', `ctrl', `hyper', or `super' for the respective
modifier. Note that remapping the function key may lead to unexpected
results for some keys on non-US/GB keyboards.  */);
  Vmac_function_modifier = Qnil;

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-emulate-three-button-mouse",
	       &Vmac_emulate_three_button_mouse,
    doc: /* t means that when the option-key is held down while pressing the
mouse button, the click will register as mouse-2 and while the
command-key is held down, the click will register as mouse-3.
'reverse means that the option-key will register for mouse-3
and the command-key will register for mouse-2.  nil means that
no emulation should be done and the modifiers should be placed
on the mouse-1 event. */);
  Vmac_emulate_three_button_mouse = Qnil;

#if USE_CARBON_EVENTS
  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-wheel-button-is-mouse-2", &Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2,
   doc: /* Non-nil means that the wheel button will be treated as mouse-2 and
the right click will be mouse-3.
Otherwise, the right click will be mouse-2 and the wheel button mouse-3.*/);
  Vmac_wheel_button_is_mouse_2 = Qt;

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-pass-command-to-system", &Vmac_pass_command_to_system,
   doc: /* If non-nil, the Mac \"Command\" key is passed on to the Mac
Toolbox for processing before Emacs sees it.  */);
  Vmac_pass_command_to_system = Qt;

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-pass-control-to-system", &Vmac_pass_control_to_system,
   doc: /* If non-nil, the Mac \"Control\" key is passed on to the Mac
Toolbox for processing before Emacs sees it.  */);
  Vmac_pass_control_to_system = Qt;

#endif

  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-allow-anti-aliasing", &Vmac_use_core_graphics,
   doc: /* If non-nil, allow anti-aliasing.
The text will be rendered using Core Graphics text rendering which
may anti-alias the text.  */);
  Vmac_use_core_graphics = Qnil;

  /* Register an entry for `mac-roman' so that it can be used when
     creating the terminal frame on Mac OS 9 before loading
     term/mac-win.elc.  */
  DEFVAR_LISP ("mac-charset-info-alist", &Vmac_charset_info_alist,
               doc: /* Alist linking Emacs character sets to Mac text encoding and Emacs coding system.
Each entry should be of the form:

   (CHARSET-NAME TEXT-ENCODING CODING-SYSTEM)

where CHARSET-NAME is a string used in font names to identify the
charset, TEXT-ENCODING is a TextEncodingBase value, and CODING_SYSTEM
is a coding system corresponding to TEXT-ENCODING.  */);
  Vmac_charset_info_alist =
    Fcons (list3 (build_string ("mac-roman"),
		  make_number (smRoman), Qnil), Qnil);
}

/* arch-tag: f2259165-4454-4c04-a029-a133c8af7b5b
   (do not change this comment) */